Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Monier-Williams Search
211 results for marks
abhijalpto address ; to accompany with remarks ; to advocate ; to settle by conversation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhugnakukṣitāf. the having the loins not bent (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhorāmam. (a goat) having peculiar white or black marks on the lower part (of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adīnagātratāf. having no defective members (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhatalakṣaṇamfn. one whose marks or characteristics are mentioned, famed, reputed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. having no signs or marks, without characteristic , having no good marks, inauspicious, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alakṣyamfn. having no particular marks, insignificant in appearance (See -janma--below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅgan. absence of marks commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅga(mfn.) having no marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅginmfn. "not wearing the usual"frontal marks, skin, staff, etc., a pretended ascetic or student (see sa-liṅgin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhilakṣitam. "destitute of (right) marks or symbols", an impostor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇḍaa sword with irregular longitudinal white marks, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgavidyāf. knowledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the body, Chiromantia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkatantran. Name of a book treating of magical marks or figures. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble the marks on the moon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkinīf. a number of marks, (gaRa khalādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupahatakarṇendriyatāf. having the organ of hearing uninjured (one of the 80 minor marks 0f a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupūrvagātratāf. having regular members (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparimlānalalāṭatāf. the having an unwrinkled forehead (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparuṣakeśatāf. having soft hair (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhacandram. the semi circular marks on a peacock's tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃlulitakeśatāf. having the hair not tangled (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astravidmfn. skilled in shooting, a good marksman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalakṣaṇikamfn. (fr. aśva-lakṣaṇa-), knowing the marks of horses commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakragamitāf. having a straight gait (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviṣamapadatāf. having equal feet (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyaktalakṣaṇamfn. whose marks are imperceptible, Name of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyañjanamf(ā-)n. without the marks of puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyatabhrūkatāf. having long eye-brows (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding 84 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyatapāṇilekhatāf. having long lines on the hand (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahurekham. plural many lines or wrinkles, marks of care or pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhakticchedam. plural divided lines or streaks of painting or decoration (especially the separating or distinguishing marks on the forehead, nose, cheeks, breast and arms, which denote devotion to viṣṇu-, kṛṣṇa- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhālāṅkamfn. having auspicious marks on the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedakamfn. destroying (boundary-marks) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhramarasadṛśakeśatāf. having hair dark like a bee (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇan. the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- (as distinct from its mantra- and upaniṣad- portion) and consisting of a class of works called brāhmaṇa-s (they contain rules for the employment of the mantra-s or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends;they are said by sāyaṇa- to contain two parts: 1. vidhi-,rules or directions for rites;2. artha-vāda-,explanatory remarks;each veda- has its own brāhmaṇa-, that of the is preserved in 2 works, viz. the aitareya-, sometimes called āśvalāyana-, and the kauṣītaki- or śāṅkhāyana-- brāhmaṇa-;the white yajur-veda- has the śata-patha-brāhmaṇa-;the black yajur-veda- has the brāhmaṇa- which differs little from the text of its saṃhitā-;the has 8 brāhmaṇa-s, the best known of which are the prauḍha- or pañca-viṃśa- and the ṣaḍviṃśa-;the has one brāhmaṇa- called go-patha-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadharmam. Buddha's marks or peculiarities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakran. the convolutions or spiral marks of the śāla-grāma- or ammonite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārugāmitāf. having a graceful gait (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣkam. any sign (as the svastika-) having 4 marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣkalamfn. having 4 marks (on the thumb denoting the proficiency in the 4 veda-s) (varia lectio -kṛṣṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrakeśatāf. the having beautiful hair (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśalakṣaṇan. 10 marks or attributes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvātriṃśailakṣaṇikamfn. () "having 32 auspicious marks upon the body", illustrious, great. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvātriṃśailakṣaṇopetamfn. () "having 32 auspicious marks upon the body", illustrious, great. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamanan. footmarks (?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīrakukṣitāf. having a deep abdomen (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaulakṣaṇikam. (fr. golakṣaṇa-), one who knows the good marks of a cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
golakṣaṇan. "marks of a cow" See gaulakṣaṇika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣpadamfn. (g/oṣ--) ()"showing marks of cow's hoofs" , frequented by kine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guḍākeśatāf. having the hair crisp or curly (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhagulphatāf. the having the ankle hidden (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhasiratāf. one of a buddha-'s marks, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsavikrāntagāmitāf. having a walk like the gait of a swan (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatalakṣaṇamfn. deprived of auspicious marks, unlucky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
huṣṭutam. a sword with irregular longitudinal white marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānaketum. "having marks of intelligence", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākapadan. marks or lines in the skin similar to a crow's foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalaṅkāṅkam. the spots or marks of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalānyāsam. tattooing a person's body with particular mystical marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyāṇalakṣaṇamfn. having auspicious marks, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. three lines or marks in the neck (indicative of good fortune) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyamn. defect, decay, degeneracy (of which, according to Buddhists, there are five marks, viz. āyus-k-, dṛṣṭi-k-, kleśa-k-, sattva-k-, kalpa-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khurapadavīf. a horse's footmarks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṃlakṣaṇakamfn. distinguished by what marks? commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇāñjimfn. having black marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavadhyacihnamfn. bearing the marks of death, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāmakukṣitāf. having thin loins (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrasādhasm. one who divides the fields, who fixes the landmarks () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. having fatal marks on the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuliṅgam. "having bad marks", kind of mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭilam. a he-goat with particular marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭṭakam. a buck-goat with particular marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lākṣaṇamf(ī-)n. (fr. lakṣaṇa-) relating to or acquainted with characteristic signs or marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇabhraṣṭamfn. deprived of good marks, fallen into misfortune, ill-fated, unhappy (varia lectio alakṣaṇā bhraṣṭāḥ-for lakṣaṇa-bhr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇajñamfn. sign-knowing, understanding marks (especially those on the body), able to interpret or explain them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇajñamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') understanding a person's lucky marks or signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇakarmann. statement of marks or qualities accurate description, definition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇānvitamfn. endowed with good marks, lucky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇapraśastamfn. celebrated on account of good or lucky marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇasampadf. a multitude of marks or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇasamuccayam. Name of work on the characteristic marks of deities (attributed to hemādri-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇavatmfn. possessing marks or signs, marked or characterized by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇavatmfn. endowed with auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇavatmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a numeral) having a particular number of marks or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lākṣaṇikamf(ī-)n. knowing marks, acquainted with signs, an interpreter of marks or signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇinmfn. possessing marks etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇyamfn. having auspicious marks or signs etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣinmf(iṇī-)n. (fr. lakṣa-) having good marks or signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣitalakṣaṇamfn. having the marks (of anything) perceived or evident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmann. definition (as"the marks or characteristics collectively") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmaṇamf(-)n. having marks or signs or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmaṇamf(-)n. endowed with auspicious signs or marks, lucky, fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgadharamfn. (ifc.) wearing or having marks or mere marks, having the mere appearance of. simulating anything (mithyā-l-wearing false marks, a hypocrite; see suhṛl-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgatasind. from a mark or sign, according to marks etc. (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavatmfn. having marks, containing a characteristic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavṛttimfn. making a livelihood by false appearance or assumed outward marks, hypocritical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅginmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the marks or appearance of, characterized by etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅginmfn. bearing false marks or signs, a hypocrite, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') only having the appearance or acting the part of (see dvija-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuracārumañjusvaratāf. the having a sweet and agreeable and pleasant voice (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkrāntif. Name of a festival (which marks the beginning of the sun's northern course) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maryādam. "one who sets marks or limits", an arbiter, umpire (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maryādāf. (doubtful whether fr. maryā-+ -or maryā-+ āda-[fr. ā-+ -];fancifully said to be fr. marya-+ ada-,"devouring young men"who are killed in defending boundaries)"giving or containing clear marks or signs", a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark, end, extreme point, goal (in space and time) etc. (ṣaṇ-māsmaryādayā-,within six months ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maryādābhedakam. a destroyer of landmarks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghagarjitaghoṣatāf. having a voice like the rolling of a cloud (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghagiriSee mahā-marks-g-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyāliṅgadharamfn. wearing false marks, being anything only in appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdugātratāf. having soft limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdujihvatāf. having a soft tongue (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgam. an elephant with particular marks (according to to "one the secondary marks of whose body are small") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgadharam. "having deer-like marks", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgavikrāntagamitāf. having a walk like the gait of an elephant (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātyāyatavacanatāf. the not having too loud a voice (or"not having a large mouth", one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrayonim. Name of indra- (whose body, after his adultery with ahalyā-, was covered with marks which resembled the female organ and then were made to resemble eyes; see sahasrākṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakam. a kind of malady (black and blue marks in the face) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirgranthisiratāf. the having veins without knots (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirlakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. having no special marks, undistinguished, insignificant, plain, ill-featured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirliṅgamfn. having no characteristic marks, indefinable (as ātman-, brahman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyastacihnamf(ā-)n. one who has relinquished one's marks or characteristics, destitute of external signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmam. red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcabhadramfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūrṇavyañjanatāf. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīḍābhājmfn. showing wavy marks of pressure or indentations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradakṣiṇagāmitāf. the state of one who walks towards the right (one of the 80 minor marks of Buddhists) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasannagātrtāf. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prollekhanan. drawing marks or lines, scratching, marking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthulalāṭatāf. having a wide forehead (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇḍarīkānvayam. an elephant of pāṇḍu-'s (See above) race, an elephant with peculiar marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpadantānvayam. in an elephant with particular marks (descended from the race of puṣpa-danta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpitamf(ā-)n. having marks like flowers, variegated, spotted, (said of bad teeth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājalakṣmanm. "having the marks of royalty", Name of yudhi-ṣṭhira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacihnamfn. having marks, marked, branded ( sacihnam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. Name of indra- (so called from the curse of gautama- who detecting indra- in a desire to seduce his wife ahalyā- covered him with a thousand marks of the female organ, afterwards changed to eyes;a different legend is in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salakṣaṇamfn. having the same marks or characteristics, homogeneous, similar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliṅgamf(ā-)n. having the same marks or attributes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliṅginm. "having the usual marks (as of an ascetic etc., without belonging to the order)", a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadaṃṣṭratāf. the having equal eye-teeth (one of the 50 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samakarṇam. of buddha- ( samakarṇatā -- of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samakramatāf. having the steps equal (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samantaprāsādikatāf. complete readiness to offer help (one of the 8 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃghātikan. (scilicet bha-) the 16th nakṣatra- after the janmarkṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudrakam. an interpreter of marks or spots on the body, fortune-teller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudrakavidyāf. the art of interpreting marks on the body, palmistry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudrikamfn. relating to marks on the body (kāguṇāḥ-,"qualities denoted by marks on the body") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudrikamfn. relating to good or bad fortune (as indicated by marks on the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptalakṣaṇamayamf(ī-)n. having 7 characteristic marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalakṣaṇa(in the beginning of a compound) all auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalakṣaṇalakṣitam. "characterized by all marks", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅginm. "having all kinds of external marks", a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśadharam. "bearer of hare-marks", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saulakṣaṇyan. (fr. su-lakṣaṇa-) the possession of auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savailakṣyamf(ā-)n. having contrary marks or characteristics, unnatural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savarṇiliṅginmfn. wearing the marks of a religious student, disguised as a brahmacārin- (See varṇin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhāsūtran. the lock of hair on the crown of the head and the sacred thread (regarded as distinguishing marks of a Brahman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmāniścayam. a legal decision in regard to landmarks and boundaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmāpahārin(p-) mfn. one who takes away boundary-marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmāvinirṇayam. (legal) decision of disputed questions about boundaries and landmarks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavikrāntagāmitāf. the having such a gait (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitāsitakamaladalanayanatāf. having eyes like the petals of a dark and white lotus (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivam. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrākṣa- berries originated, it is said, from the legend that śiva-, on his way to destroy the three cities, called tri-pura-, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is kailāsa-, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the himālaya-;he has strictly no incarnations like those of viṣṇu-, though vīra-bhadra- and the eight bhairava-s and khaṇḍobā- etc.[ ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, maheśvara-, hara-;his sons are gaṇeśa- and kārttikeya-) etc.
snigdhakeśatāf. having soft hair (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snigdhanakhatāf. having soft nails (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snigdhapāṇilekhatāf. having the lines of the hand soft (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīf. (prob. to be connected with1. śri-and also with1. śrī-in the sense of"diffusing light or radiance"; Nominal verb śr/īs- according to to some also śrī-) light, lustre, radiance, splendour, glory, beauty, grace, loveliness (śriy/e-and śriy/ai-,"for splendour or beauty","beauteously","gloriously"see śriy/ase-; dual number śriyau-,"beauty and prosperity"; śriya ātmajāḥ-,"sons of beauty" id est horses[ see śrī-putra-]; śriyaḥ putrāḥ-,"goats with auspicious marks") etc.
śrīvatsamuktikanandyāvartalakṣitapāṇipādatalatāf. having the palms of the hands and soles of the feet marked with śrī-vatsa- and muktika- (for muktikā-?) and nandy-āvarta- (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāram. the ornaments on an elephant (especially red marks on its head and trunk) (see -dhārin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīpuṃsaliṅginmfn. having the marks of man and women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīvyañjanan. plural the bodily marks of womanhood (exempli gratia, 'for example' breasts etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhalakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. having auspicious marks, characterized by auspiciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucigātratāf. the state of having bright limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucināsatāf. having a bright nose (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucisamudācāratāf. the being of pure behaviour (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukladaṃṣṭratāf. having white teeth (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulakṣamf(ā-)n. having good or auspicious marks, fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulakṣaṇaśūnyatāf. the absence of auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulakṣaṇatvan. the having auspicious marks or characteristic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparipūrṇottamāṅgatāf. having the head well developed (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprayuktaśaram. one who fits an arrow skilfully on a bow, a good marksman, skilful archer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvibhaktāṅgapratyaṅgatāf. having every limb and member well proportioned (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svastikam. any lucky or auspicious object, (especially) a kind of mystical cross or mark made on persons and things to denote good luck (it is shaped like a Greek cross with the extremities of the four arms bent round in the same direction;the majority of scholars regard it as a solar symbol;that is, as representing a curtailed form of the wheel of the Solar viṣṇu-, consisting of four spokes crossing each other at right angles with short fragments of the periphery of the circle at the end of each spoke turning round in one direction to denote the course of the Sun; according to to the late Sir Cunningham it has no connexion with sun-worship, but its shape represents a monogram or interlacing of the letters of the auspicious words su ast/i-[ svasti-]in the aśoka- characters;amongst jaina-s it is one of the 24 auspicious marks and is the emblem of the seventh arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmāf. a woman with peculiar marks or characteristics (according to to some"a girl who has the marks of puberty"; according to to others"a woman who has not borne children";also described as "a female of slender shape"etc.)
tālāṅkam. a man marked with auspicious marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṅganakhatāf. the having prominent nails (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatacihnamfn. having marks drawn along, distinctly marked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭratāf. the having sharp eye-teeth (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilakāvalamfn. (see ) furnished with marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripuṇḍran. a triple sectarial mark consisting of 3 lines or marks on the forehead (or on back, heart, shoulders etc. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripuṇḍrakan. a triple sectarial mark consisting of 3 lines or marks on the forehead (or on back, heart, shoulders etc. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tūlasadṛśasukumārapāṇitāf. the having hands soft as cotton (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavyañjanan. having the marks of both sexes, a hermaphrodite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulliṅgitamfn. made manifest by marks or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsāhagātratāf. having vigorous members (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhavyalakṣaṇopetāf. a girl who has the marks of widowhood (unfit for marriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vailiṅgyan. (fr. vi-liṅga-) absence of distinctive marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vallabhamf(ā-)n. a horse (especially one with good marks or a favourite horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanam. a goat with particular marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanānvayam. "descended from the elephant vāmana-", an elephant with particular marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśānucaritan. the history of a family or dynasty, a genealogical list (one of five distinguishing marks of a purāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārakinm. a piebald horse or one with good marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varkarāṭam. the marks of a lover's finger-nails on the bosom of a woman. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇiliṅginm. one wearing the marks of a religious student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātakelim. the marks of finger-nails on a lover's person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigatalakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. "devoid of good or lucky marks", unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilakṣaṇamf(ā-)n. (for 2.See vi-lakṣ-) having different marks, varying in character, different, differing from (ablative or compound; vilakṣaṇatā --, f.; vilakṣaṇatva -tva- n.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viliṅgan. absence of marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśālanayanatāf. having large eyes (one of the minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣakacchedyan. Name of one of the 64 kalā-s (prob. the art of painting sectarian marks on the forehead) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhanetratāf. having the eyes bright (one of the minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktalakṣmanmfn. having evident sings or marks, clearly characterized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapagatatilakagātratāf. the having limbs free from freckles (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāliṅgamind. according to the characteristic marks or tokens, according to the characteristic words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
72 results
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
aṅkanam अङ्कनम् [अङ्क-करणे भावे वा ल्युट्] 1 A mark, token; स्नेहाङ्कनानि Māl.9.46; marks of love. -2 Act of marking. -3 Means of marking, stamping, &c.
aṅkasam अङ्कसम् [अङ्को$स्मिन्नस्ति-अच्] Having marks, trappings (?) (वस्त्रम् आप्रपदिकम्).
aṅkin अङ्किन् m. n. [अङ्कः आलिङ्गनस्थानत्वेन अस्यास्ति, अङ्क-इनि] A sort of drum or tabor (अङ्केनालिङ्ग्य वादनीयो मृदङ्गादि- वाद्यभेदः क्रीडाविशिष्टश्च). -नी [अङ्कानां समूहः; खलादि˚ इनि ङीप्] 1 A number of marks or signs. -2 A woman having marks (of branding &c.).
ajāta अजात [न. त.] Unborn; अजातमृतमूर्खेभ्यो मृताजातौ सुतौ वरम् Pt.1; not yet born, produced, or fully developed; ˚ककुद्, ˚पक्ष &c. -Comp. -अरि, शत्रु a. [न जातः शत्रुः अस्य; जातस्य जन्तुमात्रस्य न शत्रुः] having no enemy or adversary, not an enemy of any one. (-रिः-त्रुः) epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira; हन्त जातमजातारेः प्रथमेन त्वयारिणा Śi.2.82; न द्वेक्षि यज्जनमतस्त्वमजातशत्रुः Ve.3.15; also of Śiva and various other persons. -ककुत्-द् m. (ब.) a young bull whose hump is not yet fully developed, P.V.4.146. -दन्त a. [न जाता दन्ता यस्य यस्मिन् वयसि वा] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth. -पक्ष a. having undeveloped or unfledged wings. -व्यञ्जन a.. having no distinctive marks or features (as a beard.) -व्यवहारः a minor (who has not attained his majority).
adhas अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
anūkaḥ अनूकः कम् [अनु-उच् समवाये क निपातः कुत्वम्; or fr. अञ्च् with अनु] 1 the backbone, spine (वङ्क्र्धार्या आयतः पृष्ठास्थिविशेषः); सदं चानूकं च गृहपतेः Ait. Br. (where Sāy. remarks अनूकं मूत्रवस्तिः स्यात् सास्नेत्येके वदन्ति च). -2 A kind of sacrificial vessel; according to some, the back part of the altar; अयुग्मागणमध्यमानूके. -3 Former birth or state of existence. -कम् 1 Family, race. -2 Disposition, temperament; character, peculiarity of race; व्याधर्क्षनकुलानूकैः पैत्तिका हि नराः स्मृताः Suśr. cf. अनूकम- स्त्रियां वंशे शीले च गतजन्मनि Nm. -का f. N. of an Apsaras; Hariv.
abhilakṣita अभिलक्षित a. 1 Marked with signs, bearing marks; मुमोच परमेष्वासः षट् शरानभिलक्षितान् Rām.3.28.26. -2 Selected; दक्षिणां प्रेषयामास वानरानभिलक्षितान् Rām.4.41.1.
abhiṣyand अभिष्यन्द् 1 A. (स् changed to ष् by P.VIII.3.72) 1 To ooze, flow, trickle; अभिस्य-ष्य-न्दते दुग्धम् Sk.; सतत- मभिष्यन्दमानमेघमेदुरितनीलिमा (गिरिः) U. 1 raining or pouring down water. -2 (fig.) To be melted (with pity, love &c.), to overflow with; यदि त्वामीदृशं रामभद्रः पश्येत् तदास्य हृदयं स्नेहेनाभिष्यन्देत U.5. अभिष्य abhiṣya (स्य sya) न्दः ndḥ अभिष्य (स्य) न्दः 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling. -2 Weakness of, or running at, the eyes. -3 Great increase, or enlargement, surplus, excess, superfluous portion; -Comp. -वमनम्; स्वर्गाभिष्यन्दवमनं कृत्वेवोपनिवेशितम् (ओषधिप्रस्थम्) Ku.6.37 by drawing off the surplus population i. e. by emigration (अभिष्यन्दः अतिरेकः अति- रिक्तजन इति यावत् तस्य वमनं निःसारणं कृत्वा स्थितमिव); cf. also R.15.29 Hemachandra's remarks thereon. also स्वदेशा- भिष्यन्दवमनम् Kau. A.2.1. अभिष्य abhiṣya (स्य sya) न्दिन् ndin अभिष्य (स्य) न्दिन् a. 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling, -2 Laxative, opening the bowels. -3 Causing defluxions or watery effusion. -Comp. -रमणम् a suburb, smaller city appended to and regarded as part of a larger one; cf. शाखानगरम्.
araṇyam अरण्यम् (sometimes) m. also, [अर्यते गम्यते शेषे वयसि ऋ-अर्तेर्निच्च Uṇ.3.12] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; प्रियानाशे कृत्स्नं किल जगदरण्यं हि भवति U.6.3; माता यस्य गृहे नास्ति भार्या चाप्रियवादिनी । अरण्यं तेन गन्तव्यं यथारण्यं तथा गृहम् ॥ Chāṇ. 44; तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Muṇd.1.2.11. oft. used at first member of comp. in the sense of 'wild', 'grown or produced in forest'; ˚बीजम् wild seed; ˚कार्पासि, ˚कुलत्थिका; ˚कुसुम्भः &c; so ˚मार्जारः, ˚मूषकः. -2 A foreign or distant land; अरण्येषु जर्भुराणा चरन्ति Rv.1.163.11. -ण्यः N. of a plant कट्फल (Mar. कायफळ) -Comp. -अध्यक्षः headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger. -अयनम्, -यानम् going into the forest, becoming a hermit; अथ यदरण्यायनमित्या- चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तद् Ch. Up.8.5.3. -ओकस्, -सद् a. 1 dwelling in woods, being in a forest; किंतु ˚सदोवयं अनभ्यस्त रथचर्याः U.5; वैक्लव्यं मम तावदीदृशमपि स्नेहादरण्यौकसः Ś. 4.6. -2 especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorite, forest-dweller. -कणा wild cumin seed (Mar. जिरें) -कदली wild plantain. -काण्डम् N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa which embodies Rāmā's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Viśvāmitra. -गजः a wild elephant (not tamed). -गानम् N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Sāmaveda (to be chanted in the forest). -चटकः a wild sparrow. -चन्द्रिका (lit.) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) an ornament or decoration which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on स्त्रीणां प्रियालोक- फलो हि वेषः Ku.7.22 remarks अन्यथा$रण्यचन्द्रिका स्यादिति भावः. -चर (˚ण्येचर also), -जीव a. wild, living in woods. -ज a. wild; ˚आर्द्रका wild ginger. -जीरम् wild cumin. (Mar. कडू जिरें). -दमनः N. of a plant. -द्वादशी, -व्रतम् N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Mārgaśīrṣa. -धर्मः 1 wild state or usage, wild nature; तथारण्यधर्माद्वियोज्य ग्राम्यधर्मे नियोजितः Pt.1 -2 the duties of a Vānaprastha or anchorite. -धान्यम्, -शालिः wild rice (नीवार). -नृपतिः, -राज् (ट्), -राजः 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so अरण्यानां पतिः. -पण्डितः [अरण्ये एव पण्डितः, न तु नगरादिषु जनसमाजेषु] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person (who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors). -पर्वन् N. of the first section of the Mb. -भव a. growing in a forest, wild; यथा˚ वास्तिलाः Pt.2.86. -मक्षिका a gadfly (Mar. घोडमाशी) -मुद्रकः a kind of wild bean. -यानम् retiring to the woods. -रक्षकः conservator of forests, forest-keeper. -राज्यम् sovereignty of the woods. -रुदितम् (˚ण्ये˚) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with no one to heed it, or anything done to no purpose; अरण्ये मया रुदितम् Ś.2; प्रोक्तं श्रद्धाविहीनस्य अरण्यरुदितोपमम् Pt.1.393; तदलमधुनारण्यरुदितैः Amaru.76. -वायसः a wild crow, raven. -वासः, -समाश्रयः 1 retiring into woods, residence in a forest; ˚योन्मुखं पितरम् R.12.8. -2 a hermitage, forest habitation. -वासिन् a. living in a forest, wild; m. a forest-dweller, an anchorite. (-नी) N. of a plant अत्यम्लपर्णी. -वास्तु (-स्तू)कः N. of a plant वनवेतः. -विलपितम्, -विलापः (˚ण्ये) = ˚रुदितम् above. -श्वन् m. 'a wild hound', wolf. -षष्ठी N. of a festival celebrated on the 6th day of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -सभा a forest-court.
arundhatī अरुन्धती [न रुन्धती प्रतिरोधकारिणी] 1 A medicinal climbing plant. -2 N. of the wife of Vasiṣṭha; अन्वासितमरुन्धत्या स्वाहयेव हविर्भुजम् R.1.56. -3 The morning star personified as the wife of Vasiṣṭha; one of the Pleiades. -4 N. of the daughter of प्राचेतसदक्ष, one of the 1 wives of Dharma. [In mythology Arundhatī is represented as the wife of the sage Vasiṣṭha, one of the 7 sages. She was one of the 9 daughters of Kardama Prajāpati by Devahūti. She is regarded as the highest pattern of conjugal excellence and wifely devotion and is so invoked by the bridegroom at nuptial ceremonies. Though a woman she was regarded with the same, even more, veneration as the Saptarṣis; cf. Ku.6.12; तामगौरवभेदेन मुनींश्चापश्यदीश्वरः । स्त्री पुमानि- त्यनास्थैषा वृत्तं हि महितं सताम् ॥ cf. also Janaka's remarks in U.4.1. She, like her husband, was the guide and controller of Raghu's line in her own department and acted as guardian angel to Sitā after she had been abandoned by Rāma. It is said that Arundhatī (the star) is not seen by persons whose end has approached. cf. Suśruta. न पश्यति सनक्षत्रां यस्तु देवीमरुन्धतीम् । ध्रुवमाकाशगङ्गां च तं वदन्ति गतायुषम् ॥; See H.1.66. also]. -5 The tongue (personified). -Comp. -जानिः, -नाथः -पतिः N. of Vasiṣṭha one of the seven Ṛiṣis or stars in the Ursa Major. -दर्शनन्यायः see under न्याय.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
āśvalakṣaṇika आश्वलक्षणिक a. (-की f.) [अश्वलक्षण-ठक्] Knowing the marks of horses. -कः A farrier, groom.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
upacāraḥ उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9.
ubhaya उभय pron. a. (-यी f.) (Though dual in sense, it is used in the singular and plural only; according to some grammarians in the dual also) Both (of persons or things); यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह Īśa. Up.11 उभयमप्यपरितोषं समर्थये Ś.7; उभयमानशिरे वसुधाधिपाः R.9.9; उभयीं सिद्धिमुभाववापतुः 8. 23.17.38; Amaru.6; Ku.7.78; Ms.2.55,4.224,9.34, -Comp. -अन्वयिन् a. Tending towards both, keeping connection with both. -अलंकारः (in Rhet.) A figure of speech, which sets off both the sense and sound. -अर्थम् ind. for a double object (for earthly prosperity and heavenly happiness also). -आत्मक a. belonging to both. -चर a. living in water and on land or in the air, amphibious. Mātaṅga L.1.28. (-रः) a class of birds who live both on land and in the air. -च्छन्ना (in Rhet.) A kind of enigma. -द्युः ind. 1 on both days. -2 the day past and to come. -पदिन् a. Having both Parasmai and Atmane pada. -भागहर a. 1 applicable to two objects. -2 taking two shares. (-रम्) a medicine that acts in two ways (both as an emetic and a purgative). -मुख a. two faced; a pregnant female. -विद्या two-fold sciences; i. e. religious knowledge and knowledge about worldly affairs. -विध a. of both kinds. -विपुला f. N. f a metre. -विभ्रष्ट a. losing both कच्चिन्नोभयविभ्रष्टः Bg.6.38. -वेतन a. receiving wages from both (parties), serving two masters, treacherous, perfidious; उभयवेतनो भूत्वा Pt.1; Śi.2.113. Kau.A.1.16. -व्यञ्जन a. having the marks of both sexes, hermaphrodite. -संभवः a. dilemma. -स्नातक a. one who has performed the prescribed ablutions after finishing both his time of studying and his vow. See Kullūka on Ms.4.31.
ulliṅgita उल्लिङ्गित a. 1 Famous, known. -2 Made manifest (by marks or characteristics); सलेशमुल्लिङ्गितशात्रवोङ्गितः Ki.14.2.
kalā कला [कल्-कच्] A small part of anything; स एष संवत्सरः प्रजापतिः षोडशकलास्तस्य Bṛi. Up.1.5.14; विन्देम देवतां वाचममृतामात्मनः कलाम् U.1.1; a bit, jot; कलामप्यकृतपरि- लम्बः K.34; सर्वे ते मित्रगात्रस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Pt.2. 59; Ms.2.86,8.36; a sixteenth part; यथा कलं यथा शफं यथा ऋणं संनयामसि Rv.8.47,17; a symbolic expression of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36; Ku.5.71; Me.91. -3 Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतो निधिरम्भसामुपचयाय कलाः Śi.9.32. (where कला means 'digits' also). -4 A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb.1.25.14;12.137.21. -5 The 6th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. मातृवदस्याः कलाः Mbh. on P.IV.1.9. (See कामधेनु टीका on काव्यालङ्कारसूत्र 7.) -7 Skill, ingenuity. -8 Fraud, deceit. -9 (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. -1 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are :- आद्या मांसधरा प्रोक्ता द्वितीया रक्तधारिणी । मेदोधरा तृतीया तु चतुर्थीं श्लेष्मधारिणी ॥ पञ्चमी च मलं धत्ते षष्टी पित्तधरा मता । रेतोधरा सप्तमी स्यात् इति सप्त कलाः स्मृताः ॥ -13 An atom. -14 A term for the embryo. -15 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also कलाभागः); Mātaṅga L.3.2. -16 Enumeration. -17 A form (स्वरूप); लीलया दधतः कलाः Bhāg. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (शक्ति); संहृत्य कालकलया कल्पान्त इदमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.9.16. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; मासे शतस्य यदि पञ्च कलान्तरं स्यात् Līlā. -अयनः a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -आकुलम् deadly poison. -केलि a. gay, wanton. (-लिः) an epithet of Kāma. -क्षयः waning (of the moon); R.5.16. -धरः, -निधिः, -पूर्णः the moon; अहो महत्त्वं महतामपूर्वं विपत्तिकाले$पि परो- पकारः । यथास्यमध्ये पतितो$पि राहोः कलानिधिः पुण्यचयं ददाति ॥ Udb. -न्यासः a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -भृत् m. 1 the moon. कला च सा कान्तिमती कलाभृतः Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c.
ku कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.
khuraḥ खुरः [खुर्-क] 1 A hoof; रजःकणैः खुरोद्धूतैः R.1.85, 2.2; Ms.4.67. -2 A kind of perfume. -3 A razor. -4 The foot of a bed-stead. -Comp. -आघातः, -क्षेपः a kick. -णस्, -णस a. flat-nosed. -त्राणम् a horse-shoe. -पदवी a horse's foot-marks. -प्रः an arrow with a semi-circular head; see क्षुरप्र. -न्यासः prints of hoof; तस्याः खुरन्यासपवित्रपांसुम् R.2.2.
gaulakṣaṇikaḥ गौलक्षणिकः One who knows the good or bad marks of a cow.
cakram चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
tattvam तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1.
tu तु ind. (Never used at the beginning of a sentenece, but usually after the first word) 1 An adversative particle meaning 'but', 'on the contrary', 'on the other hand', 'nevertheless'; स सर्वेषां सुखानामन्त ययौ । एकं तु सुतमुखदर्शनसुखं न लेभेK.59; विपर्यये तु पितुरस्याः समीपनयन- मवस्थितमेव Ś.5. (in this sense तु is often added to किं and परम्, and किंतु and परंतु are, unlike तु, always used at the beginning of a sentence). -2 And now, on one's part, and; एकदा तु प्रतीहारी समुपसृत्याब्रवीत् Ks.8; राजा तु तामार्यां श्रुत्वा$ब्रवीत् 12. -3 As to as regards, as for; प्रवर्त्यतां ब्राह्मणानुद्दिश्य पाकः ।, चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्र- लब्धासि Mu.1; Māl.8.4. -4 It sometimes marks a difference (भेद) or superior quality; मृष्टं पयो मृष्टतरं तु दुग्धम् G. M. -5 Sometimes it is used as an emphatic particle; बालानां तु शुभं वाक्यं ग्राह्यम् Rām.7.83.2. भीमस्तु पाण्डवानां रौद्रः G. M. -6 And sometimes it is used as a mere expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr. 2.6. -7 when used as an indeclinable it means, 'undoubtedly'; तुशब्दः संशयव्यावत्त्यर्थः । न खलु संशयो$स्ति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.74. तुक्खारः, 1 तुखारः, तुषारः N. of a people inhabiting the in Vindhya mountain; cf. Vikr.18.93. -2 Tukhār horse; निशम्य तुक्खारखुरक्षतायाः क्षितेस्तनुत्वादिव यस्य कीर्तिम् Vikr.9.116.
daśan दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1. -Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271. (-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1. -2 a water-melon. -अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12. -अर्ध a. five, (-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha. -अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu. -2 Buddha. -अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार. -अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11. -अश्वः the moon. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75. -आमयः an epithet of Rudra. -इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs. -ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116. -एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent. -कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29. -कर्मन् n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes. -कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin. -क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk. -गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger. -गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53. -ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books. -ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m., -पः a superintendent of ten villages. -ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages. -ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v. -चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27. -धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.). -पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfections', an epithet of Buddha. -पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49. -बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also ˚बन्धक; Y.2.76. -बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha. -बाहुः an epithet of Śiva. -भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā. -मालिकाः (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 the people or rulers of this country. -मास्य a. 1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8. -2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth). -मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87. -मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman). -मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण). -योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14. -रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina. -रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29. -रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days. -रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama. -रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43. -णम् ten marks or attributes. -लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137. -वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः). -वाजिन् m. the moon. -वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24. -विध a. of ten kinds. -शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1. -2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47. -शती a thousand. -स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand. -हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins). -2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha. -3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina.
dyūtaḥ द्यूतः तम् [दिव्-भावे-क्त-ऊठ् अर्धर्चा˚] 1 Play, gambling, playing with dice; द्यूतं हि नाम पुरुषस्यासिंहासनं राज्यम् Mk.2; द्रव्यं लब्धं द्यूतेनैव दारा मित्रं द्यूतेनैव । दत्तं भुक्तं द्यूतेनैव सर्वं नष्टं द्यूतेनैव 2.7; अप्राणिभिर्यत् क्रियते तल्लोके द्यूतमुज्यते Ms.9.223. -2 (fig.) A battle, fight; Mb. 3. -3 The prize won; Mb.9. -Comp. -अधिकारिन् m. the keeper of a gamblinghouse. -करः, -कृत् m. a gamester, a gambler; अयं द्यूतकरः सभिकेन खलीक्रियते Mk.2. -कारः, -कारकः 1 the keeper of a gambling house. -2 a gambler. -क्रीडा playing at dice, gambling. -धर्मः the laws concerning gambling; Ms 9.22. -पूर्णिमा, -पौर्णिमा the day of full moon in the month of Āśvina (also called कोजागर) when people spend their time in games of chance in honour of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -प्रतिपद् f. the first day of the bright half of Kārtika (usually spent in gambling). -बीजम् a cowrie, a shell used in playing. -मण्डलम् 1 a gambling house; गमनं परिकर्षं च कृष्णाया द्यूतमण्डले Mb.2.79.32. -2 a circle drawn round a gambler (to make him play); cf. द्यूतकर- मण्डली; Mk.2.6-7. -लेखकः, -कम् a gambling bill or one who marks the score at gambling; cf. Mk.2.19-2. -वृत्तिः 1 professional gambler; मित्रधृग् द्यूतवृत्तिश्च पुत्राचार्य- स्तथैव च Ms.3.16. -2 the keeper of a gambling-house. Ms.3.16. -सभा, -समाजः 1 a gambling-house. -2 an assembly of gamblers.
dvi द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.
nadaḥ नदः [नदति शब्दायते-अच्] 1 A river, great river (such as the Indus); दधद्भिरभितस्तटौ विकचवारिजाम्बू नदैः Śi.4.66 (where Malli. remarks:-- प्राक्स्रोतसो नद्यः प्रत्यक्स्रोतसो नदा नर्मदां विनेत्याहुः) -2 A stream, flowing stream, rivulet; सुनिनदैर्नदैर्वृतम् Ki.5.27. -3 The ocean. -4 Ved. A horse. -5 A cloud. -6 A praiser (ऋषि). -Comp. -पतिः, -राजः the ocean; प्रथमप्रबुद्धनदराजसुतावदनेन्दुनेव तुहिनद्युतिना Śi.9.3.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
netram नेत्रम् [नयति नीयते वा अनेन नी-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Leading, conducting, directing; कर्मणा दैवनेत्रेण जन्तुदेहोपपत्तये Bhāg.3.31.1. -2 The eye; प्रायेण गृहिणीनेत्राः कन्यार्थेषु कृटुम्बिनः Ku.6.85; 2.29,3;7.13. -3 The string of a churning-stick; मन्थानं मन्दरं कृत्वा तथा नेत्रं च वासुकिम् Mb.1.18.13; Bhāg. 8.6.22. -4 Woven silk, a fine silken garment; नेत्र- क्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. (where some commentators take नेत्रम् in its ordinary sense of the 'eye'). -5 The root of a tree. -6 An enema pipe. -7 A carriage, conveyance in general. -8 The number 'two'. -9 A leader; सूर्योदये सञ्जय के नु पूर्वं युयुत्सवो हृष्यमाणा इवासन् । मामका वा भीष्मनेत्राः समीपे पाण्डवा वा भीमनेत्रास्तदानीम् ॥ Mb.6.2.1. -1 A constellation, star. (said to be m. only in these two senses). -11 A river; Nm. -12 A kind of vein; Nm. -13 A bug; Nm. -14 A bark of a tree; Nm. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a collyrium for the eyes; Ś. Til.7. -अतिथि a. One who has become visible. -अन्तः the outer corner of the eye. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. tears. -अभिष्यन्दः running of the eyes, a kind of eye-disease -अरिः Euphorbia Antiquorum (Mar. निवडुंग, शेर). -आमयः ophthalmia. -उत्सवः any pleasing or beautiful object. -उपमम् the almond fruit. -औषधम् 1 collyrium -2 green sulphate of iron (Mar. हिराकस). -कार्मणम् a spell for the eyes; Vikr. -कनीनिका the pupil of the eye. -कूटः, -टम् a front apartment, a side-hall, a corner tower; प्रधानावासनेत्रस्थनेत्रकूटद्वयं न्यसेत् Kāmikāgama 35.75. -कोषः 1 the eye-ball. -2 the bud of a flower. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, perceptible, visible. -चपल a. restless with the eyes, winking; न नेत्रचपलो$नृजुः Ms.4.177. -छदः the eyelid. -जम्, -जलम्, -वारि n. tears. -र्निसिन् a. kissing or touching the eye (sleep). -पत्रम् the eye-brows. -पर्यन्त a. as far as the eye, up to the eye. (-तः) the outer corner of the eye. -पाकः inflammation of the eye; Suśr. -पिण़्डः 1 the eye-ball. -2 a cat. -बन्धः hood-winking, playing at hide-and-seek; Bhāg. -भवः, -मलम् the mucus of the eyes. -मुष् a. stealing or captivating the eye. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Indra (who had on his body a thousand marks resembling the female organ inflicted by the curse of Gautama). -2 the moon. -रञ्जनम् a collyrium. -रोमन् n. the eyelash. -वस्तिः m., f. a clyster-pipe with a bag. -वस्त्रम् a veil over the eye, the eyelid. -विष् f. excretion of the eyes. -विष a. having poison in the eyes (the Brāhmaṇa); Mb.2. -स्तम्भः rigidity of the eyes.
naimitta नैमित्त a. (-त्ती f.) Relating to signs, marks &c. -त्तः An astrologer, fortune-teller.
nyasta न्यस्त p. p. 1 Cast down, thrown or laid down, deposited. -2 Put in, inserted, applied; न्यस्ताक्षराः Ku. 1.7. -3 Depicted, drawn; चित्रन्यस्त. -4 Consigned, delivered or transferred to; अहमपि तव सूनावायुषि न्यस्त- राज्यः V.5.17. -5 Leaning, resting on. -6 Given up, set aside, resigned. -7 Mystically touched; नित्यं न्यस्तषडङ्ग- चक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्ममध्योदितम् Māl.5.2. -8 Exposed (for sale; क्रयाय न्यस्त). -9 Put on, donned; न्यस्तालक्तकरक्तमाल्यवसना Māl.5.24. -1 Having the low tone (as a vowel). -Comp. -अस्तव्य a. To be placed, fixed. -चिह्न a. destitute of external signs (as royal marks &c.); स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीं तेजोविशेषानुमितां दधानः R.2.7. -दण्ड a. giving up the rod, i. e. punishment, meek, harmless. -देह a. one who lays down the body, dead. -शस्त्र a. 1 one who has resigned or laid down his arms; आचार्यस्य त्रिभुवनगुरोर्न्यस्तशस्त्रस्य शोकात् Ve.3.18; Ms.3.192. -2 unarmed, defenceless. -3 harmless. -4 epithet of the manes, or deified progenitors.
nyāsaḥ न्यासः 1 Placing, putting down or upon, planting, तस्या खुरन्यासपवित्रपांसुम् R.2.2; Ku.6.5; M.2.9; Māl.5.5; चरणन्यास, अङ्गन्यास &c.; सैन्दूरं क्रियते जनेन चरण- न्यासैः पुनः कुट्टिमम् Ratn.1.1. -2 Hence, any impression, mark, stamp, print; अतिशस्त्रनखन्यासः R.12.73; 'where the nail-marks surpassed those of weapons'; दन्तन्यासः. -3 Depositing. -4 A pledge, deposit; प्रत्यर्पित- न्यास इवान्तरात्मा Ś.4.22; R.12.18; Y.2.67. -5 Entrusting, committing, giving over, delivering, consigning. -6 Painting, writing down. -7 Giving up, resigning, abandoning, relinquishing; शस्त्र˚; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु Bhāg.7.15.8; काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं संन्यासं कवयो विदुः Bg.18.2. -8 Bringing forward, adducing. -9 Digging in, seizing (as with claws). -1 Assignment of the various parts of the body to different deities, which is usually accompanied with prayers and corresponding gesticulations. -11 Lowering the tone or voice. -12 संन्यास q. v.; एवं वसन् गृहे कालं विरक्तो न्यासमास्थितः Bhāg. 9.6.53. -13 Written or literal text (यथान्यासम्). -14 Bringing forward, introducing (cf. अर्थान्तरन्यास). -Comp. -अपह्नवः repudiation of a deposit. -धारिन् m. the holder of a deposit, a mortgagee.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
padma पद्म a. [पद्-मन्] Lotus-hued. -द्मम् 1 A lotus (m. also in this sense); Nelumbium Speciosum (variety red); पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम्. -2 A lotus-like ornament. -3 The form or figure of a lotus. -4 The root of a lotus. -5 The coloured marks on the trunk and face of an elephant; कालः किरातः स्फुटपद्मकस्य वधं व्यधा- द्यस्य दिनद्विपस्य N.22.9; -6 An army arrayed in the form of a lotus; पद्मेन चैव व्यूहेन निविशेत सदा स्वयम् Ms.7. 188. -7 A particular high number (one thousand billions). -8 Lead. -9 N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Chakras. -1 A mark or mole on the human body. -11 A spot. -12 N. of a particular part of a column. -द्मः A kind of temple. -2 N. of a quarter-elephant. ये पद्मकल्पैरपि च द्विपेन्द्रैः Bu. Ch.2.3. -3 A species of serpent. -4 An epithet of Rāma. -5 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -6 A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -7 A particular posture of the body in religious meditation. -8 One of the eight treasures connected with the magical art called पद्मिनी. -द्मा 1 N. of Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, and wife of Viṣṇu; (तं) पद्मा पद्मातपत्रेण भेजे साम्राज्य- दीक्षितम् R.4.5. -2 Cloves. -Comp. -अक्ष a. lotuseyed; रामं दूर्वादलश्यामं पद्माक्षं पीतवाससम् Rāmarakśā 25, (-क्षः) an epithet of Viṣṇu or the sun; (-क्षम्) the seed of a lotus. -अटः Cassia Tora (Mar. टाकळा). -अन्तरम्, -रः a lotus-leaf. -आकरः 1 a large tank of pond abounding in lotuses. -2 a pond or pool or water in general. -3 a lotus-pool. -4 an assemblage of lotuses; पद्माकरं दिनकरो विकचीकरोति Bh.2.73. -आलयः an epithet of Brahman, the creator. (-या) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī. -2 cloves. -आसनम् 1 a lotus-seat; प्रणेमतुस्तौ पितरौ प्रजानां पद्मासनस्थाय पितामहाय Ku.7.86. -2 a particular posture in religious meditation; ऊरुमूले वाम- पादं पुनस्तु दक्षिणं पदम् । वामोरौ स्थापयित्वा तु पद्मासनमिति स्मृतम् ॥; ध्यायेदाजानुबाहुं धृतशरधनुषं बद्धपद्मासनस्थम् Rāmaraṣā 1. -3 a kind of coitus. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the sun. -आह्वम् cloves. -उद्भवः an epithet of Brahman. -कर, -हस्त a. holding a lotus. (-रः, -स्तः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a lotus like hand. -3 N. of the sun. (-रा, -स्ता) N. of Lakṣmī. -कर्णिका 1 the pericarp of a lotus. -2 the central part of an army arrayed in the form of a lotus. -कलिका a lotus-bud, an unblown lotus. -काष्ठम् a fragrant wood used in medicine. -केशरः, -रम् the filament of a lotus. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the calyx of a lotus. -2 a position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus. -खण्डम्, -षण्डम् a multitude of lotuses. -गन्ध, -गन्धि a. lotus-scented, or as fragrant as or smelling like a lotus. (-न्धम्, -गन्धि n.) = पद्मकाष्ठ q. v. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Buddha. -5 the sun. -6 the inside or middle of a lotus; पद्मगर्भादिवोद्धृतम् Kāv.2.41. -गुणा, -गृहा 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 cloves. -जः, -जातः, -भवः, -भूः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of Brahman, the lotus-born god. -तन्तुः the fibrous stalk of a lotus. -नाभः, -भिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; शान्ताकारं भुजगशयनं पद्मनाभं सुरेशम्. -नाभः 1 N. of the eleventh month (reckoned from मार्गशीर्ष). -2 a magical formula spoken over weapons. -नालम् a lotus-stalk. -निधिः a treasure of the value of a Padma. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 N. of Buddha. -3 N. of the sun. -4 of Viṣṇu. -पुष्पः the Karṇikāra plant. -प्रिया the goddess Manasā, the wife of sage Jaratkāru. -बन्धः a kind of artificial composition in which the words are arranged in the form of a lotus-flower; see K. P.9. ad. loc. -बन्धुः 1 the sun, -2 a bee. -बीजम् the seed of a lotus. -भासः an epithet of Śiva. -मालिनी the goddess of wealth. -मुद्रा (-द्रिका) a particular pose according to Tantraśāstra; हस्तौ तु संमुखौ कृत्वा तदधः प्रोथिताङ्गुली । तलान्तर्मिलिताङ्गुष्ठौ कृत्वैषा पद्ममुद्रिका ॥ Tantrasāra. -रागः, -गम् a ruby; R.13.53;17.23; Ku.3.53; Kau. A.2.11.29; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः ॥ H. -रूपा an epithet of the goddess of wealth. -रेखा a figure on the palm of the hand (of the form of a lotus-flower) which indicates the acquisition of great wealth. -लाञ्छनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 Kubera. -3 the sun. -4 a king. (-ना) 1 an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 or of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -3 N. of Tārā. -वनबान्धवः the sun. -वर्चस् a. lotus-hued. -वासा an epithet of Lakṣmī. -समासनः an epithet of Brahman. -स्नुषा 1 an epithet of Gaṅgā. -2 of Lakṣmī. -3 of Durgā. -हस्तः a particular measure of length. -हासः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
pāṇḍu पाण्डु a. Pale-white, whitish, pale, yellowish; यथा पाण्ड्वाविकम् Bṛi. Up.2.3.6; विकलकरणः पाण्डुच्छायः शुचा परिदुर्बलः U.3.22. -ण्डुः 1 The pale-white or yellowish-white colour. -2 Jaundice. -3 A white elephant. -4 N. of the father of the Pāṇḍavas. [He was begotten by Vyāsa on Ambālikā, one of the widows of Vichitravīrya. He was called Pāṇḍu, because he was born pale (पाण्डु) by reason of his mother having become quite pale with fear when in private with the sage Vyāsa; (यस्मात् पाण्डुत्वमापन्ना विरूपं प्रेक्ष्य मामिह । तस्मादेव सुतस्ते वै पाण्डुरेव भविष्यति Mb.) He was prevented by a curse from having progeny himself; so he allowed his first wife Kuntī to make use of a charm she had acquired from Durvāsas for the birth of sons. She gave birth to Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna; and Mādrī, his other wife, by the use of the same charm, gave birth to Nakula and Sahadeva. One day Pāṇdu forgot the curse under which he was labouring, and made bold to embrace Mādrī, but he fell immediately dead in her arms.] -Comp. -आमयः jaundice. -कम्बलः 1 a white blanket. -2 a warm upper garment. -3 the housing of a royal elephant. -4 A kind of stone. -कम्बलिन् m. 1 a carriage covered with a woollen blanket. -2 the housings of a royal elephant. -पुत्रः a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the five Pāṇḍavas. -पृष्ठ a. 'white-backed', having no auspicious marks on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected. -भावः Becoming yellowish white, pale; न कलङ्कानुगमो न पाण्डुभावः Bv.2.1. -भूमः a region full of chalky soil. -मृत्तिका 1 white or pale soil. -2 the opal. -मृद् f. chalk. -रङ्गः N. of a god (at Pandharpur), Viṭṭhala. -रागः whiteness, pallor. -रोगः jaundice. -लेखः a sketch made with chalk; a rough draft or sketch made on the ground, board &c.; पाण्डुलेखेन फलके भूमौ वा प्रथमं लिखेत् । न्यूनाधिकं तु संशोध्य पश्चात् पत्रे निवेशयेत् ॥ Vyāsa. -लोहम् silver; पाण्डुलोहशृङ्खलात्मना मया पादपद्मयोर्युगलं तव निगडयित्वा Dk.1. -वर्ण a. White. -शर्करा light-coloured gravel (प्रमेहभेद). -शर्मिला an epithet of Draupadī. -सोपाकः N. of a mixed tribe; चाण्डालात् पाण्डुसोपाकस्त्वक्सार- व्यवहारवान् Ms.1.37; Mb.13.48.26.
pīḍā पीडा [पीड् भावे भिदा˚ अङ्] Pain, trouble, suffering, annoyance, molestation, agony; आश्रमपीडा R.1.37 'disturbance', 71; मदन˚, दारिद्र्य˚ &c. -2 Injury, damage, harm; मूढग्राहेणात्मनो यत् पीडया क्रियते तपः Bg.17. 19; Ms.7.169. -3 Devastation, laying waste. -4 Violation, infringement. -5 Restriction. -6 Pity, compassion. -7 Eclipse. -8 A chaplet, garland for the head. -9 The Sarala tree. -1 A basket. -Comp. -कर a. troublesome, painful. -करणम् torturing. -गृहम् house of correction. -भाज् a. showing wavy marks of pressure. -स्थानम् (In astrol.) inauspicious distance (of a planet).
prāstāvika प्रास्ताविक a. (-की f.) 1 Serving as an introduction, introductory, prefatory; as in प्रास्ताविकविलास (the first or introductory part of Bhāminīvilāsa); प्रास्ताविकं वचनम् 'prefatory remarks.' -2 Seasonable, opportune, timely. -3 Pertinent, relevant (to the matter in hand); अप्रास्ताविकी महत्येषा कथा Māl.2.
priya प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary.
binduḥ बिन्दुः [बिन्द्-उ] A drop, small particle; जलबिन्दु- निपातेन क्रमशः पूर्यते घटः 'small drops make a pool'; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि Ms.7.33; संक्षिप्यते यशो लोके घृतबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि 7.34; अधुना (कुतूहलस्य) बिन्दुरपि नाव- शेषितः Ś.2. -2 A dot, point. -3 A spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7. -4 A zero or cypher; न रोमकूपौघमिषाज्जगत्कृता कृताश्च किं दूषणशून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 (In geom.) A point having no parts or no magnitude. -6 A drop of water taken as a measure. -7 The dot over a letter representing the अनुस्वार. -8 (In manuscripts) A mark over an erased word (which shows that the word ought not to be erased); 'stet'. -9 A mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress. -1 A peculiar mark like a dot made in cauterizing. -11 The part of the forehead between the eyebrows. -12 (In dramas) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water quickly diffuses itself and thus supplies important elements in the development of the plot; it is the source of an intermediate object, while 'Bīja' is that of the principal one); अवान्तरार्थविच्छेदे बिन्दुरुच्छेदकारणम् S. D.319. -13 (In phil.) A condition of चिच्छक्ति; सच्चिदानन्दविभवात् सकलात् परमेश्वरा । आसीच्छक्तिस्ततो नादो नादाद् बिन्दुसमुद्भवः ॥ -Comp. -चित्रकः the spotted antelope. -च्युतकः a kind of word-play; चकास्ति बिन्दु- च्युतकातिचातुरी N.9.14. -जालम्, -जालकम् 1 a number of drops. -2 marks of coloured paint on the trunk and face of an elephant. -तन्त्रः 1 a die. -2 a chessboard. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पत्रः a kind of birch tree. -प्रतिष्ठामय a. founded or based upon the अनुस्वार. -फलम् a pearl. -भेदः a particular Yoga posture. -माधवः a form of Viṣṇu. -मालिन् m. (in music) a kind of measure. -रेखकः 1 an anusvāra. -2 a kind of bird. -रेखा a line of dots. -वासरः the day of conception.
bhaktiḥ भक्तिः f. [भज्-क्तिन्] 1 Separation, partition, division. -2 A division, portion, share. -3 (a) Devotion, attachment, loyalty, faithfulness; तद्भक्तिसंक्षिप्तबृहत्प्रमाणमारुह्य कैलासमिव प्रतस्थे Ku.7.37; R.2.63; Mu.1.15. (b) Faith, belief, pious faith. -4 Reverence, service, worship, homage. -5 Texture, arrangement; भवति विरलभक्तिर्म्लानपुष्पोपहारः R.5.74; मणिमरीचिरचितेन्द्रचापभक्तयः विद्याधरपतयः Nāg.5. -6 Decoration, ornament, embellishment; सुकृतेहामृगाकीर्णं सूत्कीर्णं भक्तिभिस्तथा Rām.2.15.35; आबद्धमुक्ताफलभक्तिचित्रे Ku.7.1,94; R.13.55.75;15.3. अधिरुह्य स वज्रभक्तिचित्रम् (आसनम्) Bu. Ch.5.44. -7 An attribute. -8 The being part of, belonging to. -9 A figurative sense, secondary sense; भक्त्या निष्क्रयवादः स्यात् MS.4.4.28 (भक्त्या here seems to have been used as an indeclinable); cf. also MS.8.3.22. -1 Predisposition (of body to any disease). -Comp. -गम्य a. accessible by devotion. -गन्धि a. one who has only a small measure of devotion; भक्तिगन्धिरमुनाकलि कर्णः N.21. 32. -चित्रम् drawings; बह्वाश्चर्यं भक्तिचित्रं ब्रह्मणा परिनिर्मितम् Rām.7.15.38. -छेदः 1 a coloured streak, lines of painting or decoration; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -2 distinguishing marks of devotion to Viṣṇu. -ज्ञ a. faithfully attached. -नम्र a. making a humble obeisance. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. devoutly, reverentially. -भाज् a. 1 devout, fervid. -2 firmly attached or devoted, faithful, loyal. -मार्गः the way of devotion; i. e. devotion to god, regarded as the way to the attainment of final emancipation and eternal bliss (opp. to कर्ममार्ग and ज्ञानमार्ग). -योगः loving faith, loyal devotion; स स्थाणुः स्थिरभक्तियोगसुलभो निःश्रेयसायास्तु वः Vikr.1.1. -रसः 1 a sense of devotion. -2 a sentiment of devotion; भक्तिरसस्यैव हास्यशृङ्गारकरुणरौद्रभयानकबीभत्सशान्ताद्भुतवीररूपेणा- नुभवाद् व्यासादिभिर्वर्णितस्य विष्णोर्विष्णुभक्तानां वा चरितस्य नव- रसात्मकस्य श्रवणादिना जनितश्चमत्कारो हि भक्तिरसः Muktāvalī. -रागः affection, deep devotion. -वादः assurance of attachment.
maryādā मर्यादा [मर्यायां सीमायां दीयते दा-घञर्थे क] 1 A limit, boundary (fig. also); bound, border, frontier, verge; मर्यादाव्यतिक्रमः Pt.1. -2 End, termination, terminus. -3 A shore, bank. -4 A mark, land-mark. -5 The bounds of morality, any fixed usage or established rule, moral law; मर्यादानां च लोकस्य कर्ता कारयिता च सः Rām.5. 35.11. -6 A rule of propriety or decorum, bounds or limits of propriety, propriety of conduct; आस्तातापवाद- भिन्नमर्याद U.5; मर्यादायाममर्यादाः स्त्रियस्तिष्ठन्ति सर्वदा Pt.1.142. -7 A contract, covenant, an agreement; गृह्यतां पाणिना पाणिर्मर्यादा बध्यतां ध्रुवा Rām.4.5.11. -Comp. -अचलः, -गिरिः, -पर्वतः a frontier-mountain. -धावनम् running towards a mark. -बन्धः keeping within limits; Buddh. -भेदकः a destroyer of land-marks; मर्यादाभेदकश्चैव विकृतं प्राप्नुयाद्वधम् Ms.9.291. -वचनम् statement of the limit; P.III.3.136. -व्यतिक्रमः overstepping limits.
mudrā मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.
lakṣaṇam लक्षणम् [लक्ष्यते$नेन लक्ष्-करणे ल्युट् Uṇ.3.8.] 1 A mark, token, sign, indication, characteristic, distinctive mark; वधूदुकूलं कलहंसलक्षणम् Ku.5.67; अनारम्भो हि कार्याणां प्रथमं बुद्धिलक्षणम् Subhāṣ; उपकारापकारौ हि लक्ष्यं लक्षण- मेतयोः H.4.15; अव्याक्षेपो भविष्यन्त्याः कार्यसिद्धेर्हि लक्षणम् R.1.6;19.47; गर्भलक्षण Ś.5; पुरुषलक्षणम् 'the sign or organ of virility'. -2 A symptom (of a disease). -3 An attribute, a quality. -4 A definition, accurate description; असाधारणधर्मो लक्षणम्; नामधेयेन पदार्थमात्रस्याभि- धानमुद्देशः, तत्रोद्दिष्टस्यातत्त्वव्यवच्छेदको धर्मो लक्षणम् Vātsyāyana Bhāṣya 1.1.2. -5 A lucky or auspicious mark on the body (these are considered to be 32); द्वात्रिंशल्लक्षणोपेतः; लक्षणसंपन्नान्नां गवामधः सस्नौ K.64. -6 Any mark or features of the body (indicative of good or bad luck); क्व तद्विधस्त्वं क्व च पुण्यलक्षणा Ku.5.73; क्लेशावहा भर्तुरलक्षणाहम् R.14.5. -7 A name, designation, appellation (oft. at the end of comp.); विदिशालक्षणां राजधानीम् Me.24. -8 Excellence, merit, good quality; as in आहितलक्षण R. 6.71 (where Malli. renders it by प्रख्यातगुण and quotes Ak.:-- गुणैः प्रतीते तु कृतलक्षणाहितलक्षणौ). -9 An aim, a scope, an object. -1 A fixed rate (as of duties); नदीतीरेषु तद्विद्यात् समुद्रे नास्ति लक्षणम् Ms.8.46. -11 Form, kind, nature. -12 Effect, operation. -13 Cause, occasion. -14 Head, topic, subject. -15 Pretence, disguise (= लक्ष); प्रसुप्तलक्षणः Māl.7. -16 A line, spot. -17 Observation, seeing. -18 Indicatory characteristic; लक्ष्यते येन तल्लक्षणम्, धूमो लक्षणमग्नेरिति हि वदन्ति ŚB. on MS.1.1.2. -19 A chapter; धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः. -2 A sexual organ; लक्षणं लक्षणेनैव वदनं वदनेन च Mb.13.4.58. -णः 1 N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -2 The crane. -णा 1 An aim, object. -2 (In Rhet.) An indirect application or secondary signification of a word, one of the three powers of a word; it is thus defined:-- मुख्यार्थबाधे तद्योगे रूढितो$थ प्रयोजनात् । अन्यो$र्थो लक्ष्यते यत् सा लक्षणारोपिता क्रिया K. P.2. लक्षणा शक्यसंबन्धस्तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; see S. D.13. also श्रुतिलक्षणाविषये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2; A. Rām.7.5.26-27. -3 A goose. -4 N. of Duryodhana's daughter. -Comp. -अन्वित a. possessed of auspicious marks; उद्वहेत द्विजो भार्यां सवर्णां लक्षणा- न्विताम् Ms.3.4. -कर्मन् n. definition. -ज्ञ a. able to interpret or explain marks (as on the body). -भ्रष्ट a. deprived of good quatities, ill-fated, unlucky; जायन्ते लक्षणभ्रष्टा दरिद्राः पुरुषाधमाः Y.3.217. -लक्षणा = जहल्लक्षणा q. v. -संनिपातः branding, stigmatizing. -संपद् f. a multitude of marks.
lakṣaṇin लक्षणिन् a. Possessing marks &c. लक्षणिभ्यो द्विजातिभ्यः श्रुत्वाहं वचनं गृहे Rām.2.29.9.
lakṣaṇya लक्षण्य a. 1 Serving as a mark. -2 Having good marks. -ण्यः A diviner; Buddh.
lakṣin लक्षिन् a. (-लक्षिणी f.) Having good marks or signs; लक्षिण्यो रत्नभूताश्च देवदानवरक्षसाम् Rām.7.25.17.
lakṣmaṇa लक्ष्मण a. [लक्ष्मन्-अण् न वृद्धिः] 1 Having marks. -2 Possessed of good or auspicious marks, fortunate, lucky. -3 Prosperous, thriving. -णः 1 The crane. -2> N. of a son of Dasaratha by his wife Sumitrā. [He was so much attached to Rāma from his very childhood that he became ready to accompany him during his travels, and took no small part in the several events that took place during the fourteen years of Rāma's exile. In the war of Laṇkā he killed several powerful demons, but particularly Meghanāda, the most heroic of the sons of Rāvaṇa. He was at first mortally wounded by Meghanāda by means of a magical weapon, but was restored to life by Suṣeṇa by means of the medicinal durgs fetched by Māruti. One day, Time in the disguise of a hermit came to Rāma and said that he who should happen to see them converse in private should be immediately abandoned, which was agreed to Laksmana on one occasion intruded on their privacy and made the word of his brother true by throwing himself into the Śarayū; (see R.15.92-95.). He married Urmilā by whom he had two sons, Aṅgada and Chandraketu.]; अथ लक्ष्मणानुगतकान्तवपुः Śi.9.31. -णा 1 A goose (सारसा); 'हंसस्य योषिद्वरटा सारसस्य तु लक्ष्मणा ।' Śi.4.59. -2 A kind of pot-herb. -णम् 1 A name, an appellation. -2 A mark, sign, token. -Comp. -प्रसूः N. of Sumitrā, mother of Laksmaṇa.
lākṣaṇika लाक्षणिक a. (-की f.) [लक्षणया बोधयति ठक्] 1 One who is acquainted with marks or signs. -2 Characteristic, indicatory. -3 Having a secondary sense, used in a secondary sense (as a word, as distinguished from वाच्य and व्यञ्जक q. q. v. v.); स्याद्वाचको लाक्षणिकः शब्दो$त्र व्यञ्जक- स्त्रिधा K. P.2. -4 Expressing indirectly or figuratively. -5 Secondary, inferior; साक्षात् सुधांशुर्मुखमेव भैम्या दिवः स्फुटं लाक्षणिकः शशाङ्कः N.1.115. -6 Technical. -कः A technical term.
liṅgam लिङ्गम् [लिङ्ग्-अच्] 1 A mark, sign, token, an emblem, a badge, symbol, distinguishing mark, characteristic; यतिपार्थिवलिङ्गधारिणौ R.8.16; अथवा प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गै- र्मम राजोपचारः संप्रति V.4; मुनिर्दोहदलिङ्गदर्शी 14.71; Ms.1. 3;8.25,252. -2 A false or unreal mark, a guise, disguise, a deceptive badge; लिङ्गैर्मुदः संवृतविक्रियास्ते R.7. 3; क्षपणकलिङ्गधारी Mu.1; न लिङ्गं धर्मकारणम् H.4.85. See लिङ्गिन् below. -3 A symptom, mark of disease. -4 A means of proof, a proof, evidence. -5 (In logic) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism; particularly the assertion of the hetu's being found in the पक्ष or minor term coupled with the statement of the invariable concomitance between this hetu and the major term; it is thus defined:-- व्याप्तिपक्षधर्मतावल्लिङ्गम् Tarka K. -6 The sign of gender or sex. -7 Sex; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -8 The male organ of generation. -9 Gender (in gram.) -1 The genital organ of Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -11 The image of a god, an idol; धत्ते$सावात्मनो लिङ्गं मायया विसृजन् गुणान् Bhāg.7.2.22. -12 One of the relations or indications (such as संयोग, वियोग, साहचर्य &c.) which serve to fix the meaning of a word in any particular passage; e. g. in कुपितो मकरध्वजः the word कुपित restricts the meaning of मकरध्वज to 'Kāma'; see K. P.2 and commentary ad loc.; तदेव सक्तः सह कर्मणैति लिङ्गं मनो यत्र निषक्तमस्य Bṛi. Up.4.4.6. -13 (In Vedānta phil.). The subtle frame or body, the indestructible original of the gross or visible body; cf. पञ्चकोष; यं योगिनो योग- समाधिना रहो ध्यायन्ति लिङ्गादसुतो ममुक्षया Bhāg.3.19.28. -14 A spot, stain. -15 The nominal base, the crude form of a noun (प्रातिपदिक). -16 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Pra- dhāna or Prakṛiti; q. v. -17 The effect or product (that which is evolved out of a primary cause and itself becomes a producer). -18 Inference, conclusion; अव्यक्तमिति विज्ञेयं लिङ्गग्राह्यमतीन्द्रियम् Mb.12.189.15. -19 = उपाधि; योगेन धृत्युद्यमसत्त्वयुक्तो लिङ्गं व्यपोहेत् कुशलो$हमाख्यम् Bhāg.5.5.13. -Comp. -अग्रम् the glans penis. -अनु- शासनम् the laws of grammatical gender. -अर्चनम् the worship of Śiva as a liṅga. -अर्शस् n. a particular disease of the genital organs. -आख्यः Name of one of the sub-divisions of the production according to Sāṅkhya; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यः Sān K.52. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtle frame or body; see लिङ्ग (13) above. -धारिन् a. wearing a badge. -नाशः 1 loss of the characteristic marks. -2 loss of penis. -3 loss of vision, a particular disease of the eye. -परामर्शः the finding out or consideration of a sign or characteristic (in logic); (e. g. that smoke is a sign of fire); as वह्निव्याप्यधूमवानयं पर्वतः इति लिङ्गपरामर्शः. -पीठम् the pedestal of a शिवलिङ्ग. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -प्रतिष्ठा the establishment or consecration of a liṅga. -वर्धन a. causing erection of the male organ. -विपर्ययः change of gender. -वृत्ति a. hypocritical. -वृत्तिः a religious hypocrite. -वेदी the base or pedestal of a liṅga. -शास्त्रम् a grammatical treatise on gender. -शोफः swelling on the penis. -स्थः a religious student; न श्रोत्रियो न लिङ्गस्थः (साक्षी कार्यः) Ms.8.65.
liṅgavat लिङ्गवत् a. 1 Having marks. -2 Having various sexes or genders. -3 Wearing a Liṅga. (as a Jaṅgama).
varkarāṭaḥ वर्कराटः 1 A side-glance, leer. -2 The marks of a lover's fingernails on the bosom of a woman. -3 The rays of the ascending sun.
varṇin वर्णिन् a. [वर्णो$स्त्यस्य इनि] (at the end of comp.) 1 Having the colour or appearance of; एतस्यास्तौ सुतौ देव्याः कुमारौ देववर्णिनौ Rām.2.92.24. -2 Belonging to the caste of. -m. 1 A painter. -2 A scribe, writer; 'वर्णी स्याल्लेखके चित्रकारे$पि ब्रह्मचारिणि' इति मेदिनी; Mb.12.69.57. -3 A religious student, a Brahmachārin q. v.; अथाह वर्णी Ku.5.65,52; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. -4 A person of any one of the four principal castes. -Comp. -लिङ्गिन् a. disguised as, or wearing the marks of, a religious student; स वर्णिलिङ्गी विदितः समाययौ युधिष्ठिरं द्वैतवने वनेचरः Ki.1.1.
vallabha वल्लभ a. [वल्ल-अभच् Uṇ.3.124] 1 Beloved, desired, dear. -2 Supreme. -भः A lover; husband; (खेदः) त्वयि विलसति तुल्यं वल्लभालोकनेन Māl.3.8; Śi.11.33. -2 A favourite; करोति निर्विकल्पं यः स भवेद्राजवल्लभः Pt.1.53. -3 A superintendent, an overseer. -4 A chief herdsman. -5 A good horse (one with auspicious marks); मन्दुरा- परिभ्रष्टवल्लभतुरङ्गमपर्याकुलीकृत ... Ve.2.19/2. -भा A beloved female, mistress, wife; बहुवल्लभा राजानः श्रूयन्ते Ś.3; Mu. 3.9. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of the celebrated founder of a Vaisnava sect. -गणिः N. of a lexicographer. -जनः a mistress. -पालः a groom; स्तोकेन नाक्रमत वल्लभपालमुच्चैः Śi.5.56.
vāc वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.
vāta वात p. p. [वा-क्त] 1 Blown. -2 Desired or wished for, solicited. -तः 1 Air, wind. -2 The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind. -3 Wind, as one of the three humours of the body. -4 Gout, rheumatism. -5 Inflammation of the joints. -6 A faithless lover (धृष्ट). -7 Wind emitted from the body; Mb. -8 Morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence. -Comp. -अटः 1 an antelope (वातमृग). -2 a horse of the sun. -अण्डः a disease of the testicles; वृषणौ दूषयेद्वायुः श्लेष्मणा यस्य संवृतः । तस्य मुष्कश्चलत्येको रोगो वाताण्डसंज्ञकः ॥ Mādhavakara. -अतिसारः dysentery caused by some derangement or vitiation of the bodily wind. -अदः the almond tree. -अध्वन् m. an air-hole, window; वाताध्वरोमविवरस्य च ते महित्वम् Bhāg.1.14.11. -अयम् a leaf. -अयनः a horse. (-नम्) 1 a window, an air-hole; कटाक्षैर्नारीणां कुवलयितवातायनमिव Māl.2.11; Ku.7.59; R.6.24;13. 21. -2 a porch, portico. -3 a pavilion. -अयुः an antelope. -अरिः 1 the castor-oil tree. -2 N. of several plants :-- शतमूली, शेफालिका, यवानी, भार्गी, स्नुही, विडंग, शूरण, जतुका &c. -अश्वः a very fleet or swift horse. -अष्ठीला a hard globular swelling in the lower belly. -आख्यम् a house with two halls (one looking south and the other east). -आत्मजः 1 N. of Hanumat; वातात्मजं वानर- यूथमुख्यं श्रीरामदूतं शरणं प्रपद्ये Rāma-rakṣā 33. -2 N. of Bhīmasena. -आप्यम् 1 fermentation. -2 Soma. -3 water. -आमोदा musk. -आलिः, -ली f. a whirl-wind; एतेन वातालीपुञ्जितेन शुष्कपर्णपुटेन प्रच्छादयामि Mk.8. -आहत a. 1 shaken by the wind. -2 affected by gout. -आहतिः f. a violent gust of wind. -आहार a. one who feeds only on air. -उपसृष्ट a. rheumatic, gouty. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 excess of wind. -2 a mace, a club, stick tipped with iron. -कण्टकः a particular pain in the ankle. -कर्मन् n. breaking wind. -कुण्डलिका scanty and painful flow of urine. -कुम्भः the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal sinuses. -केतुः 1 dust. -2 cloud. -केलिः 1 amorous discourse, the low whispering of lovers. -2 the marks of finger-nails on the person of a lover. -कोपन a. exciting wind (in the body). -क्षोभः disturbance of wind in the body. -गामिन् m. a bird. -गुल्मः 1 a high wind, strong gale. -2 rheumatism. -घ्नी N. of some plants (Mar. सालवण, आस्कंध). -चक्रम् the circular markings of a compass. -चटकः the तित्तिर bird. -जम् a kind of colic. -ज्वरः fever arising from vitiated wind. -तूलम् cottony seeds floating in the air. -थुडा (also वातखुडा, वातहुडा) 1 a high wind. -2 acute gout. -3 a kind of smallpox. -4 a lovely woman. -ध्वजः 1 a cloud. -2 dust. -पटः a sail. -पण्डः a kind of impotent man. -पातः a gust of wind. -पित्तम् a form of gout. -पुत्रः 1 a cheat. -2 N. of Bhīma or Hanumat. -पोथः, -पोथकः the tree called पलाश. -प्रकोपः excess of wind. -प्रमी m., f. a swift antelope. -प्रमेहः a kind of urinary disease. -प्रवाहिका a kind of अतिसार disease -फुल्लान्त्रम् flatulence in the bowels (caused by indigestion). -मण्डली a whirl-wind; रजसा सहसावर्तं वितेने वातमण्डली Śiva B.11.42. -मार्गः the sky. -मृगः a swift antelope. -रक्तम्, -शोणितम् acute gout; कृत्स्नं रक्तं विदहत्याशु तच्च, दुष्टं स्रस्तं पादयोश्चीयते तु । तत्संपृक्तं वायुना दूषितेन तत्प्राबल्यादुच्यते वातरक्तम् ॥. -रङ्गः the fig-tree. -रथः a cloud. -रूषः 1 a storm, violent wind, tempest. -2 the rainbow. -3 a bribe. -रेचकः 1 a gust of wind. -2 a braggart. -रोगः, -व्याधिः 1 gout or rheumatism. -2 (वातव्याधिः) N. of an ancient authority on अर्थशास्त्र referred to by Kauṭilya. -वस्तिः f. suppression of urine. -वृद्धिः f. swelled testicle. -वैरिन् m the castor-oil tree. -शीर्षम् the lower belly. -शूलम् colic with flatulence. -संचारः hiccough. -सह a. gouty. -सारथिः fire. -स्कन्धः the quarter from which the wind blows.
vārakin वारकिन् m. 1 An opposer, enemy. -2 The ocean. -3 A kind of horse, one with good marks. -4 An ascetic living on leaves.
vikālikā विकालिका A perforated copper-vessel which, placed in water, marks the time by gradually filling; cf. मानरन्ध्रा.
vilakṣa विलक्ष a. 1 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks, or fixed aim. -2 Bewildered, embarrassed. -3 Surprised, astonished. -4 Ashamed, abashed, disconcerted; गोत्रेषु स्खलितस्तदा भवति च व्रीडाविलक्षश्चिरम् Ś. 6.5. -5 Forced, unnatural, embarrassed (as a smile); विलक्षस्मितस्फुरितैर्दशनांशुभिः K.233; Ratn.3.14. -6 Missing the mark (as an arrow).
vilakṣaṇa विलक्षण a. 1 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks. -2 Different, other; ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि Bhāg.11.23.44. -3 Strange, extraordinary, unusual; तस्मै नमस्ते स्वविलक्षणात्मने Bhāg.1.7.38. -4 Possessed of inauspicious marks. -5 Lustreless, bad-looking; उद्वीक्ष्यो- द्वीक्ष्य नयनैर्भयादिव विलक्षणैः Rām.3.52.41. -णम् 1 A vain or useless state. -2 Perceiving, observing.
śikhā शिखा [शी-खक् तस्य नेत्वम् पृषो˚; Uṇ.5.24] 1 A lock of hair left on the crown of the head; शिखां मोक्तुं बद्धामपि पुनरयं धावति करः Mu.3.3; Śi.4.5; Māl.1. 6; the hair of the head; आसिञ्चदम्ब वत्सेति नेत्रोदैर्दुहितुः शिखाः Bhāg.3.22.25. -2 A crest, top-knot. -3 Tuft, plume. -4 Top, summit, peak; अधिरुह्य पुष्पभरनम्नशिखैः परितः परिष्कृततलां तरुभिः Ki.6.17. -5 Sharp end, edge, point or end in general; ईषदीषच्चुम्बितानि भ्रमरैः सुकुमार- केसरशिखानि Ś.1.4; Bv.1.2. -6 The end of a garment; तोयाधारपथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -7 A flame; प्रभामहत्या शिखयेव दीपः Ku.1.28; R.17.34; Ki.16.53. -8 A ray of light; ज्वलन्मणिशिखाश्चैनं वासुकि- प्रमुखा निशि Ku.2.38. -9 A peacock's crest or comb. -1 A fibrous root. -11 A branch in general, especially one taking root. -12 The head or chief or anything. -13 The fever of love. -14 The point of the foot. -Comp. -कन्दम् a kind of turnip. -तरुः a lamp-stand. -दामन् n. a garland worn on the top of the head. -धर a. pointed, crested. (-रः) 1 a peacock. -2 a Jaina deified saint. ˚जम् a peacock's feather; न नानुकम्प्य विशिखाः शिखाधरजवाससः Ki.15.42. -धारः a peacock. -पित्तम् inflammation in the extremities (as in fingers). -बन्धः a tuft of hair. -मणिः a crest-jewel. -मूलम् 1 a carrot. -2 a root having a tuft of leaves. -3 a turnip. -वरः the jack-fruit tree. -वल a. pointed, crested. (-लः) a peacock; घनाघनघटालोकलीलाशालशिखावलः Śiva B.26.51. -वृक्षः a lamp-stand. -वृद्धिः f. a kind of usurious interest daily increasing. -सूत्रम् the lock of hair on the head (Mar. शेंडी) and the sacred thread (Mar. जानवें), the distinguishing marks of a Brāhmaṇa.
śṛṅgāraḥ शृङ्गारः [शृङ्गं कामोद्रेकमृच्छत्यनेन ऋ-अण्] 1 The sentiment of love or sexual passion, the erotic sentiment (the first of the eight or nine sentiments in poetical compositions; it is of two kinds:-- संभोगशृङ्गार and विप्रलम्भशृङ्गार q. q. v. v.); शृङ्गारः सखि मूर्तिमानिव मधौ मुग्धो हरिः क्रीडति Gīt.1; (it is thus defined:-- पुंसः स्त्रियां स्त्रियाः पुंसि संभोगं प्रति या स्पृहा । स शृङ्गार इति ख्यातः क्रीडारत्यादिकारकः ॥ See S. D.21 also). -2 Love, passion, sexual love; शृङ्गारैकरसः स्वयं नु मदनो मासो नु पुष्पाकरः V.1.1. -3 A dress suited to amorous interviews, an elegant dress. -4 Coition, sextual union. -5 Marks made with redlead on the body of an elephant; वर्षन्तः शममानयन्नुपल- सच्छृङ्गारलेखायुधाः Śi.17.69. -6 A mark in general. -रम् 1 Cloves. -2 Red-lead. -3 Undried ginger. -4 A fragrant powder for the dress or body. -5 Agallochum. -Comp. -चेष्टा an amorous or love-gesture; शृङ्गारचेष्टा विविधा बभूवुः R.6.12. -भाषितम् amorous talk. -भूषणम् red lead. -योनिः an epithet of the god of love. -रसः the sentiment of love. -लज्जा shame or modesty caused by love. -विधिः, -वेशः a dress suited to amorous interviews and other purposes. -सहायः an assistant in love-affairs, a confidant of the hero of a play; cf. नर्मसचिव.
śrī श्री f. [श्रि-क्विप् नि˚ Uṇ.2.57] 1 Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् Rām.; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4 'fortune favours the brave'; कर्माव्यारभमाणं हि पुरुषं श्रीर्निषेवते Ms.9.3; Ki.7.28. -2 Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; श्रियः कुरूणामधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1. -3 Dignity, high position, state; श्री- लक्षण Ku.7.45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.67; विद्युल्लेखाकनकरुचिरं श्रीवितानं ममाभ्रम् V.4.13. -4 Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (मुखं) कमलश्रियं दधौ Ku.5.21; 7.32; R.3.8. -5 Colour, aspect; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परि- म्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2. -6 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ś.3.14; Śi.1.1. -7 Any virtue or excellence. -8 Decoration. -9 Intellect, understanding. -1 Superhuman power. -11 The three objects of human existence taken collectively (धर्म, अर्थ and काम). -12 The Sarala tree. -13 The Bilva tree. -14 Cloves. -15 A lotus. -16 The twelfth digit of the moon. -17 N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech). -18 Speech. -19 Fame, glory. -2 The three Vedas (वेदत्रयी); श्रिया विहीनैरधनैर्नास्तिकैः संप्रवर्तितम् Mb.12.1.2. ('ऋचः सामानि यजूंषि । सा हि श्रीरमृता सताम्' इति श्रुतेः । com.). -m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. -a. Splendid, radiant, adorning. (The word श्री is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; श्रीकृष्णः, श्रीरामः, श्रिवाल्मीकिः, श्रीजयदेवः; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; श्रीभागवत, श्रीरामायण &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used लक्ष्मी). -Comp. -आह्लम् a lotus. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कण्ठः an epithet of Śiva; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः (भवभूतिः) Mv.1.4/5. -2 of the poet Bhavabhūti; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः U.1. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera. -करः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-रम्) the red lotus. -करणम् a pen. -करणादिः a chief secretary; Inscr. -कान्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कारः the word 'श्री' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning). -कारिन् m. a kind of antelope. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of penance. -खण़डः, -ण्डम् sandal wood; श्रीखण्डविलेपनं सुखयति H.1.97. -गदितम् a kind of minor drama. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a sword. -ग्रहः a trough or place for watering birds. -ग्रामरः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -घनम् sour curds. (-नः) a Buddhist saint. -चक्रम् 1 the circle of the earth, the globe. -2 a wheel f Indra's car. -3 A diagram for the worship of त्रिपुरसुन्दरी in Tantra rituals. -4 An astrological division of the body (representing the public region). -जः an epithet of Kāma. -तालः a kind of palm tree. -दः an epithet of Kubera. -दयितः, -धरः epithets of Viṣṇu. -नगरम् N. of two old towns (one in Cawnpur district and the other in Bundelkhand); Raj. T.; H. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Kāma. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -निकेतनः, -निवासः epithets of Viṣṇu. -पञ्चमी the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha (a festival in honour of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī). -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रीपतिः पतिरसाववनेश्च परस्परन् Śi.13.69. -2 a king, sovereign. -पथः a main road, high way. -पर्णम् a lotus. -पर्णी the silk-cotton tree. -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; Māl.1. -पिष्टः turpentine. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Cupid; निर्जेतुं निखलजगत्सु मानुषाणि श्रीपुत्रे चरति पदैव शीतरश्मिः Rām. ch.7. 11. -2 the moon. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -पुष्पम् 1 cloves. -2 a fragrant wood (पद्मकाष्ठ). -प्रसूनम् cloves. -फलः the Bilva tree. (-लम्) 1 the Bilva fruit; स्तनयुगलं श्रीफलश्रीविडम्बि Vikr.; Ms.5.12. -2 a cocoanut. -फला, -फली 1 the indigo plant. -2 emblic myrobalan. -भ्रातृ m. 1 the moon. -2 a horse. -मकुटम् gold. -मस्तकः garlic. -मुद्रा a particular mark on the forehead by the Vaiṣṇavas. -मूर्तिः f. 1 an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. -2 any idol. -युक्त, -युत a. fortunate, happy. -2 wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men). -3 famous, illustrious. -रङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रसः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -वत्सः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; प्रभानुलिप्त- श्रीवत्सं लक्ष्मीविभ्रमदर्पणम् R.1.1. -3 a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन्, ˚मृत्, ˚लक्ष्मन्, ˚लाञ्छन m. epithets of Viṣṇu; तमभ्यगच्छत् प्रथमो विधाता श्रीवत्सलक्ष्मा पुरुषश्च साक्षात् Ku.7.43. -वत्सकिन् m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast. -वरः, -वल्लभः epithets of Viṣṇu. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वल्लभः a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt.1.45. -वासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -3 a lotus. -4 turpentine. -वासस् m. turpentine. -वृक्षः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree; वक्षः श्रीवृक्षकान्तं मधुकरनिकरश्यामलं शार्ङ्गपाणेः Viṣṇu. S.28. -3 a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse. ˚किन् having such mark; श्रीवृक्षकी पुरुषकोन्नमिताग्रकायः Śi.5.56. -वेष्टः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -संझम् cloves. -सहोदरः the moon. -सिद्धिः N. of the 16th Yoga (in astrol.). -सूक्तम् N. of a Vedic hymn (Ṛv.1.165). -हरिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हस्तिनी the sun-flower.
saṃgata संगत p. p. 1 Joined or united with, come together, associated with; तदा गन्तव्यमनिशं भवद्भिरिह संगतैः Rām. 7.36.58. -2 Assembled, collected, convened, met together. -3 Joined in wedlock, marrried. -4 Sexually united. -5 Fitted together, appropriate, harmonious; शृणुतमिदानीं संगतार्था न वेति Ś.3. -6 In conjunction with (as planets). -7 Shrunk up, contracted; see गम् with सम्. -तम् Union, meeting, alliance; संगतं श्रीसरस्वत्योर्भूत- ये$स्तु सदा सताम् V.5.24; Ś.5.24; Ki.14.22. -2 Association, company. -3 Acquaintance, friendship, intimacy; यतः सतां संनतगात्रि संगतं मनीषिभिः साप्तपदीनमुच्यते Ku. 5.39. -4 A harmonious or consistent speech, wellreasoned remarks. -Comp. -गात्र a. having shrivelled limbs. -सन्धिः a peace concluded after friendship.
sādhyatā साध्यता 1 Feasibility, practicability. -2 Curableness. -Comp. -अवच्छेदकम् that which marks out or measures the साध्य or major term, its characteristic property.
sāmudrika सामुद्रिक a. (-की f.) [समुद्रेण प्रोक्तं वेत्त्यधीते वा ठ़ञ्] 1 Sea-born, oceanic. -2 Sea-faring; सामुद्रिकान् सवणिज- स्ततो$पश्यत् स्थितान् पथि Mb.12.169.2. -2 Relating to marks on the body (which are supposed to indicate good or bad fortune). -कः 1 One who is acquainted with palmistry, who knows how to interpret the various marks on the body. -2 A fortune-teller. -कम् The science of palmistry.
sīmā सीमा 1 Boundary, limit, border, margin, frontier. -2 A mound or ridge serving to mark the boundary of a field, village &c.; सीमां प्रति समुत्पन्ने विवादे Ms.8.245; Y.2.152. -3 A mark, land-mark. -4 A bank, shore, coast. -5 The horizon. -6 A suture (as of a skull). -7 The bounds of morality or decorum, limits of propriety. -8 The highest or utmost limit, highest point, climax; सीमेव पद्मासनकौशलस्य Bk.1.6. -9 A field. -1 The nape of the neck. -11 The scrotum. -12 An ornament of the hair; L. D. B. -Comp. -अज्ञानम् ignorance of boundaries; सीमाज्ञाने नृणां वीक्ष्य नित्यं लोके विपर्ययम् Ms.8.249. -अधिपः 1 a neighbouring prince. -2 a keeper of borders. -अन्तः 1 a boundary-line, border, frontier-line. -2 the utmost limit. ˚पूजनम् 1 the ceremony of worshipping or honouring a village boundary. -2 worshipping the bridegroom when he arrives at the village boundary. -उल्लङ्घनम् transgressing or leaping over a boundary, crossing a frontier (now performed on the Dasarā day). -कृषाण a. ploughing on the border of a land mark. -निश्चयः a legal decision with respect to land-marks or boundaries. -बन्धः a depository of rules of morality. -लिङ्गम् a boundary-mark, land-mark; उपच्छन्नानि चान्यानि सीमालिङ्गानि कारयेत् Ms.8.249. -वादः a dispute about boundaries. -विनिर्णयः settlement of disputed boundary-questions; सीमाविनिर्णयं कुर्युः प्रयता राजसंनिधौ Ms.8.258. -विवादः litigation about boundaries. ˚धर्मः the law regarding disputes about boundaries. -वृक्षः 1 a tree serving as a boundary-mark; सीमावृक्षांश्च कुर्वीत न्यग्रोधाश्वत्थकिंशुकान् Ms.8.246. -2 (fig.) one whose example is followed by others. -संधिः the meeting of two boundaries; सीमासंधिषु कार्याणि देवतायतनानि च Ms.8. 248,261. -सेतुः a ridge or causeway serving as a boundary; सामन्तप्रत्ययो ज्ञेयः सीमासेतुविनिर्णयः Ms.8.262.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
saubhāgyam सौभाग्यम् [सुभगायाः सुभगस्य वा भावः ष्यञ् द्विपदवृद्धिः] 1 Good fortune or luck, fortunateness (chiefly consisting in a man's and woman's securing the favour and firm devotion of each other); प्रियेषु सौभाग्यफला हि चारुता Ku. 5.1; सौभाग्यं ते सुभग विरहावस्थया व्यञ्जयन्ती Me.29; (see Malli.'s remarks on सौभाग्य in both places); युज्यत आत्मनः सौभाग्यं प्रच्छादयितुम् V.2. -2 Blessedness, auspiciousness; समृद्धं सौभाग्यं सकलवसुधायाः किमपि तत् G. L.1. -3 Beauty, charm, grace; (यस्य) हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3;2.53;5.49; R.18.19; U.6.27. -4 Grandeur, sublimity. -5 The auspicious state of wifehood (opp. widowhood). -6 Congratulation; good wishes. -7 Affection, favour. -8 Red-lead. -9 Borax. -Comp. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark of good fortune or happiness. -2 any sign of the blessed state of wifehood (such as the saffron mark on the forehead). -तन्तुः the marriage string (put round the neck of the bride by the bridegroom at the time of marriage and worn by her till widowhood; also called मङ्गलसूत्र q. v.). -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of Bhādrapada. -देवता an auspicious or tutelary deity. -वायनम् an auspicious offering of sweetmeats &c. -विलोपिन् a. marring or impairing beauty; अनन्तरत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3.
saulakṣaṇyam सौलक्षण्यम् The possession of auspicious marks.
hata हत p. p. [हन्-क्त] 1 Killed, slain; सुषेणं च हतो$सीति ब्रुवन्नादत्त सायकम् Mb.8.48.31. -2 Hurt, struck, injured; चक्षुरादिषु हताः स्वार्थावबोधक्रियाः Mu.3.1. -3 Lost, perished; शमं न लेभे हृदयज्वरार्दितो नरर्षभो यूथहतो यथर्षभः Rām.2.85. 21. -4 Deprived or bereft of. -5 Disappointed, frustrated; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषात् हताः Ś.1.23. -6 Impeded, obstructed. -7 Utterly ruined, extinguished, destroyed. -8 Multiplied. -9 Whirled up, raised. -1 Suffering from. -11 Violated (sexually). -12 Miserable, wretched. -13 Defective. See हन्. It is often used as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'wretched', 'miserable', 'accursed', 'worthless'; अनुशयदुःखायेदं हतहृदयं संप्रति विबुद्धम् Ś.6.6; Māl.9.28; कुर्यामुपेक्षां हतजीविते$स्मिन् R.14.65; हतविधिलसितानां ही विचित्रो विपाकः Śi.11.64. -तम् 1 Killing, striking. -2 Multiplication. -ता 1 A violated woman. -2 A despised girl (unfit for marriage). -Comp. -आश a. 1 bereft of hope, hopeless, desponding. -2 weak, powerless. -3 cruel, merciless. -4 barren. -5 low, vile, wretched, accursed, villainous. -आश्रय a. one whose refuge is destroyed; Bu. Ch.13. 7. -ईक्षण a. blind; Bu. Ch.8.7. -उत्तर a. giving no answer. -उद्यम a. broken in purpose; Bu. Ch.13. 71. -कण्टक a. freed from thorns or foes. -किल्बिष a. freed from sins; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् । परलोकं नयत्याशु भास्वन्तं स्वशरीरिणम् ॥ Ms.4.243. -चित्त a. bewildered, confounded. -च्छाया a. bereft of beauty. -जल्पितानि useless talk. -त्रप a. shameless. -त्विष् a. dimmed in lustre; निशीथदीपाः सहसा हतत्विषो बभूवुरालेख्य- समर्पिता इव R.3.15. -दैव a. ill-fated, luckless, ill-starred. -प्रभाव, -वीर्य a. bereft of power or vigour; मन्त्रेण हतवीर्यस्य फणिनो दैत्यमाश्रितः Ku.2.21. -प्रमाद a. freed from carelessness. -बुद्धिः a. deprived of sense, senseless. -भग, -भाग्यः a. ill-fated, unfortunate. -मूर्खः a dolt, blockhead. -युद्ध a. destitute of martial spirit. -रथः a chariot of which the horses and the charioteer are slain. -लक्षण a. devoid of auspicious marks, unlucky. -विनय a. lost to a sense of propriety, wicked; सेव्यानां हतविनयैरिवावृतानां संपर्क परिहरति स्म चन्दनानाम् Ki.7. 29. -शेष a. surviving. -श्री, -संपद् a. reduced to indigence, impoverished. -साध्वस a. freed from fear. -स्त्रीक a. one who has killed a woman.
Macdonell Search
27 results
alakṣaṇa n. evil omen; a. lack ing marks or characteristics; insignificant; harmful; -ita, pp. unmarked; unobserved: -m, ad.
āryarāja m. N. of a king; -rûpa, a. having the air of respectability; -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the marks of respectability; -var man, m. N. of a king; -vâk, a. speaking an Aryan tongue; -vidagdha-misra, a. honour able, learned, &c. &c. (honorific designation); -vritta, n. honourable behaviour; a. behav ing honourably; -vesha, a. respectably dressed; -vrata, a. behaving like an Aryan; -sîla, a. of honourable character; -samaya, m. ordi nance of honourable men; -suta, m.=ârya putra (husband); -strî, f. woman of the upper castes.
kalyāṇa a. (&isharp;) beautiful, lovely; good, excellent, noble; blessed, auspicious, prosperous; m. N. of a king; n. the good; virtue, merit; welfare, prosperity; festival; î, f. kind of pulse; -kataka, N. of a locality; -kara, a. (î) propitious; -kâra, a. productive of utility; -krit, a. performing good deeds; -devî, f. N. of a queen; -paramparâ, f. continuous good fortune; -pura, n. N. of a town; -prakriti, a. noble-natured; -lakshana, a. hav ing auspicious marks; -vartman, m. N. of a king; -svâmi-kesava, m. N. of a statue of Vishnu; -½abhinivesin, a. benevolent; m. patron.
dvijamaya a. (î) consisting of Brâhmans; -mukhya, m. chief of the twice born, Brâhman; -râga, m. moon; -½rishi, m. priestly sage (=brahmarshi); -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the distinctive marks of a Brâhman; -vara, m. best among the twice-born, Brâh man; -sreshtha, -sattama, m. id.; -½agrya, m. chief of the twice-born, Brâhman.
niratiśaya a. not to be surpassed, greatest, supreme; without distinc tive marks; -atyaya, a. free from danger, safe; successful; infallible; -adhishthâna, a. untenable; independent; -anukrosa, m.pitilessness (-tas, ad. pitilessly); a. pitiless (towards, lc.); -anuga, a. having no retinue; -anugraha, a. showing no favour or pity; -anuyogya, fp. irreproachable, valid (argument); -anurodha, a. regardless of, indif ferent to (lc.); -anusaya, a. having no residuum of the consequences of action left.
nirlakṣaṇa a. bearing no dis tinguishing marks, insignificant, good for no thing; -lakshya, fp. imperceptible; avoid ing notice; -lagga, a. shameless, immodest, brazen; -lavana, a. lacking grace; -lepa, a. free from greasy matter; spotless; -lobha, a. free from avarice.
puṣpita pp. flowering, blossom ing, blooming, flowery; having flower-like marks, spotted; in full bloom (fig.); flowery (talk=empty words); provided with (in. or --°ree;): -palâsa-pratima, a.resembling a flower ing Palâsa tree (i. e. covered with red spots).
pūjita pp. honoured, treated with marks of distinction.
bhedaka a. breaking, -into or through, piercing; breaking down the dam of (tanks), diverting (water-courses); destroy ing (boundary-marks); leading astray (minis ters); discriminating, distinguishing; differ entiating, determining (meaning); n. adjec tive; -kara, a. (î) breaking down (bridges, --°ree;); sowing dissensions among or in (g. or --°ree;); -kârin, a. causing disunion; making a differ ence, altered; -krit, a.breaking down or into (--°ree;); -tas, ad. separately, singly; ac cording to the difference.
maṅgala n. [brightness: √ mañg] luck, fortune, happiness, bliss (sts. pl.); prosperity, welfare; auspiciousness; good omen, whateverconduces to an auspicious issue; benediction, blessing; auspicious or lucky object, amulet; solemn ceremony, auspicious festivity (on important occasions); good old custom; good work; a. auspicious, propitious; m. planet Mars; N.: -karana, n. uttering a prayer for theauspicious issue of an undertaking; -ka lasa-maya, a. consisting of festal jars; -kâr aka, a. productive of prosperity, auspicious; -kâla, m. auspicious time; -kshauma, n. du. two festal garments (upper and lower) of linen; -gâthikâ, f. solemn chant; -gîta, n. id.; -ghata, m. N. of an elephant; -kand ikâ, f. a form of Durgâ; -tûrya, n. musical instrument used on festive occasions: -nisva na, m. sound of auspicious musical instruments; -devatâ, f. tutelary deity (only --°ree;); -pattra, n. leaf used as an amulet; -pâthaka, m. pronouncer of benedictions, professional panegyrist; -pâtra, n. auspicious pot or vessel (containing propitious objects); -pura, n. N. of a town; -pushpa-maya, a. made of auspicious flowers (garland); -pra tisara, m. cord of an amulet; -prada, a. auspicious; -maya, a. (î) consisting of no thing but luck etc.; -vat-î, f. N.; -vâdin, a. pronouncing a blessing; -vrishabha, m. bull with auspicious marks; -sabda, m. benediction, greeting; -sûkaka, a. indicative of good luck, auspicious.
maryādā f. [giving a clear sign: √ mar*, shine], mark, landmark; boundary, limit; end; goal; verge of the ocean, coast; strictly defined relation; bounds of morality, moral law; established usage; limits of pro priety; definite or fixed rule; fast alliance or contract: -giri, -½akala, m. frontier moun tain; -dhâvana, n. running towards a goal; -bhedaka, m. destroyer of landmarks; -maya, a. forming the bounds of morality; -vakana, n. statement of the limit.
mānapara a. excessively proud: â, f. N.; -parikhandana, n. loss of honour; -purahsaram, ad. with marks of honour; -prâna, a. valuing honour like one's life; -bha&ndot;ga, m. loss of honour, mortification, indignity; -bhadra-ka, m. kind of pavilion; -bhâg, a. receiving honour from (--°ree;); -bhrit, a. proud; -mahat, a. great in pride, exces sively proud.
mudraya den. P. stamp; seal; print: pp. ita, sealed, stamped; bearing the impress or marks of (--°ree;); sealed with (sleep, --°ree;); printed; closed (eye, hand, flower); avoided. ud, unseal, break open(letter): pp. unmud- rita, released, liberated. vi, close or cork up; open, begin.
lakṣaṇakarman n. statement of characteristics, correct definition; -gña, a. able to explain marks (on the body); knowing the good characteristics of (g.); -tva, n. condition of being a definition; -bhrashta, pp. deprived of all auspicious signs, ill-fated; -lakshanâ, f. indicative indication (e. g. a herd-station on the Ganges = on the bank of the Ganges); -vat, a. characterised by (in.); possessed of goodmarks; giving correct defi nitions; -samnipâta, m. branding; -samni vesa, m. id.
lakṣmaṇa a. having marks; m. crane (Ardea sibirica); N., esp. of a son of Dasaratha and younger brother of Râma; n. mark, token, sign: -svâmin, m. N. of a statue of Lakshmana.
lakṣaṇā f. aim; indication, indirect designation, elliptical expression, me tonymy; -anîya, fp. visible; elliptically or figuratively expressed; -an-ya, a. serving as a mark; possessing good marks.
lākṣaṇika a. (î) understanding marks or signs; having a figurative sense (-tva, n. figurative sense); m. interpreter of marks.
liṅgin a. having a mark or sign; having the marks or appearance of (--°ree;); wearing false badges, hypocritical; assum ing the badges of, passing oneself off as (--°ree;); wearing his badgesjustly, sincere; provided with a phallus; having a subtle body; m. hypocrite; member of a religious order, as cetic; a Sivaite sect (pl.); cause.
liṅgavat a. having characteristic marks; having various genders; having a phallus (a certain Sivaite sect); -sarîra, n. the subtle body (phil.); -sâstra, n. treatise on grammatical gender; -stha,m. ascetic; -½anusâsana, n. doctrine of grammatical gender.
liṅga n. [anything attaching to an object] mark, token, sign, emblem, charac teristic; catchword; deceptive badge (rare, E.); proof, evidence; sign of guilt, stolen property; sign of sex, sexual organ; gram matical gender; Siva's phallus (as an object of worship); image of a god (rare); typical or subtle body (the indestructible original of the gross visible body: Vedânta phil.); nominal base (=prâtipadika: gr.): -deha, m. n. subtle body (phil.); -dhârana, n. bear ing of marks of identification; -nâsa, m. loss of characteristic marks; -pîtha, n. pedestal of a Siva phallus; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mâtra, n. intellect; -mûrti, a.having the form of a phallus (Siva).
vailiṅgya n. [vili&ndot;ga] lack of dis tinctive marks.
śaśa m. [for original sasa] hare, rab- bit (which, as well as the antelope, the marks in the moon are supposed to resemble): -ka, m. (little) hare (C.): -vishâna, n. horn of a hare=an impossibility; -sisu, m.young of a hare.
śubhalakṣaṇa a. having aus picious marks; -lagna, n. auspicious or lucky moment; -vâsara, m. auspicious day; -samsin, a. prognosticating good, auspi cious; -sakuna, m. bird of good omen; -samanvita, pp. charming.
samānitam ad. with marks of honour.
sīmā f. parting of the hair (in su sîma); boundary; village boundary: -krish âna, pr. pt. ploughing on the boundary line; -½adhipa, m. guardian of the march; -½anta, m. boundary line, frontier; bounds (fig.); village march: -lekhâ, f. extreme boundary line; utmost limit, acme; -½apahârin, a. re moving landmarks; -pâla, m. guardian of the marches; -li&ndot;ga, n. landmark; -vâda, m. dispute about boundaries; -vivâda, m. id.; -vriksha, m. tree as a landmark; -sam dhi, m. meeting of boundaries; -setu, m. boundary dam, landmark.
sulakṣaṇa a. having auspicious marks (-tva, n. abst. n.): â, f. N.; -lakshita, pp. carefully examined; -lagna, pp. firmly adhering, to (lc.); m. (?) (astrologically) auspicious moment; -labha, a. easy to ob tain or find; easy of access, to (--°ree;); cheap; adapted, appropriate, proper, fit, suitable (to, for, --°ree;): -kopa, a. irascible, -tva, n. fre quency, cheapness, -½avakâsa, a. having easy access to, easily reflected (image) in (lc.); -labhâ, f. N.; -labha½itara, a. (opposite of =) not easy of attainment; -lalita, pp. very dainty or delicious (meat); very charming or lovely: -latâ-pallava-maya, a. (î) consist ing of the young shoots of lovely creepers; -lokana, a. fine-eyed: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N.; -lola, a. eagerly longing for (--°ree;).
saulakṣaṇya n. [sulakshana] possession of auspicious marks.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"marks" has 18 results
a,k(ೱ),(ೱ)जिह्वामूलीय, represented by a sign like the वज्र in writing, as stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks वज्राकृतिर्वर्णो जिह्वामूलीयसंज्ञो भवति. the Jihvāmūlīya is only a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the guttural letter क् or ख् . It is looked upon as a letter (वर्ण), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. e. g. विष्णु ೱ करोति.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
atiśāyanaexcellence, surpassing; the same as अतिशय in Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 2 confer, compare अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ P. V. 3.55, also confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेऽतिशायने । संसर्गेऽ स्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.2.94, where अतिशायन means अतिशाय. Patañjali, commenting on P. V.3.55 clearly remarks that for अतिशय, or for अतिशयन, the old grammarians, out of fancy only, used the term अतिशायन as it was a current term in popular usage; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते यावद् ब्रूयात् प्रकर्षे अतिशय इति तावदतिशायन इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on , P. V.3.55.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
apavādaa special rule which sets aside the general rule; a rule forming an exception to the general rule. exempli gratia, for example आतोनुपसर्गे कः III.2.2 which is an exception of the general rule कर्मण्यण् III.2.1; confer, compare येन नाप्राप्तो यो विधिरारभ्यते स तस्य बाधको भवति, तदपवादोयं येागो भवति; Pari. Śekh. Par 57; for details see Pari. Śekh. Pari. 57-65: cf न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् । न्याया उत्सर्गाः महाविधयः । अपवादा अल्पविषयाः विधय: । तानुत्सर्गेण मिश्रानेकीकृताञ् जानीयात् । अपवादविषयं मुक्त्वा उत्सर्गाः प्रवर्तन्ते इत्यर्थः । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 23 and commentary thereon ; (2) fault; confer, compare शास्त्रापवादात् प्रतिपत्तिभेदात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 30 on which उव्वट remarks शास्त्राणामपवादा दोषाः सन्ति पुनरुक्तता अविस्पष्टार्थता, कष्टशब्दार्थता...
avyapavṛktaunseparated, undivided, inseparable, mixed; confer, compare नाव्यपवृक्तस्य अवयवे तद्विधिः यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva-sutra 4.V.9 whereon Kaiyaṭa remarks व्यपवृक्तं भेदः । अव्यपवृक्तं अभिन्नबुद्धिविषयमेकत्वालम्बनज्ञानग्राह्यं समुदायरूपम् ।
ādeśa(1)substitute as opposed to sthānin, the original. In Pāṇini's grammar there is a very general maxim, possessed of a number of exceptions, no doubt, that 'the substitute behaves like the original' (स्थानिवदादेशः अनल्विधौ P.I.1.56.); the application of this maxim is called स्थानिवद्भाव; for purposes of this स्थानिवद्भाव the elision (लोप) of a phonetic element is looked upon as a sort of substitute;confer, compare उपधालेपस्य स्थानिवत्त्वात् Kāś. on P.I.1.58. Grammarians many times look upon a complete word or a word-base as a substitute for another one, although only a letter or a syllable in the word is changed into another, as also when a letter or syllable is added to or dropped in a word; confer, compare पचतु, पचन्तु ... इमेप्यादेशाः । कथम् । अादिश्यते यः स आदेशः । इमे चाप्यादिश्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; cf also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I.1.20; confer, compare also अनागमकानां सागमका आदेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20: (2) indication, assignment; confer, compare योयं स्वरादेशः अन्तोदात्तं, वधेराद्युदात्तत्वं, स्वः स्वरितमिति अादेशः R.Pr.I.30-32; confer, compare also अादेशः उपदेशः commentary on Tai.-Prāt. II.20: confer, compare also अनादेशे अविकारः V.Pr.IV.131, where Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.remarks यत्र उदात्तादीनां स्वराणां सन्धौ आदेशो न क्रियते तत्र अविकारः प्रत्येतव्यः । confer, compare also एकारो विभक्त्यादेशः छन्दसि A.Pr. II.1.2, where ए is prescribed as a substitute for a caseaffix and त्ये and अस्मे are cited as examples where the acute acent is also prescribed for the substitute ए.
āmantraṇa(1)calling out from a distance;(2) an invitation which may or may not be accepted; confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P.III. 3.161 whereon Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). remarks अथ निमन्त्रणामन्त्रणयोः को विशेषः । अथ संनिहितेन निमन्त्रणं भवति असंनिहितेन अामन्त्रणम् । नैषोस्ति विशेषः । असंनिहितेनापि निमन्त्रणं भवति संनिहितेनापि चामन्त्रणम् । एवं तर्हि यन्नियोगतः कर्तव्यं तन्निमन्त्रणम् । अामन्त्रणे कामचारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.3.161.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
pravigrahaseparate or distinct uterance of several words of a sentence which are joined together by Sandhi rules in a compound ( समास ) or otherwise, with a very short pause ( अवग्रह ) after each word. e. g. उद् उ एति instead of उद्वेति; confer, compare प्रविग्रहेण मृदूवग्रहेण चर्चयेयुः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV.10, where Uvvata remarks प्रविग्रहेषु प्रश्लिष्टं विश्लिष्टं कुर्यात् । कालाधिक्येन कुर्यात्। तथा च उद् उ एति इति पठेन्न तु उद्वेति.
prasvāraa word or utterance in three matras or moras; confer, compare स ओमिति प्रस्वरति त्रिमात्रः प्रस्वारः स्थाने स भवत्युदात्तः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV.3 whereon Uvvata remarks त्रिमात्र: प्रस्वारः । See the word ओंकार
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mātraca taddhita affix. affix in the sense of measure applied optionally with द्वयस and दघ्न to a noun exempli gratia, for example ऊरुमात्रम् प्रस्थमात्रम् ; confer, compare प्रमाणे द्वयसज्दघ्नञ्मात्रचः P. V.2.37 and Kasika thereon which remarks that द्वयस and दघ्न are applied in the sense of height, while मात्र is applied in the sense of any measure: confer, compare प्रथमश्च द्वितीयश्च ऊर्ध्वमाने मतौ मम Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.2.37.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
veṣṭakalifeminine. enclosure or envelope; the term is used in the sense of परिग्रहं with reference to the repetition of one and the same word more than once in the Krama and other artificial recitals; confer, compare परिग्रहे त्वनाषीन्तात् तेन वैकाक्षरीकृतात् | परॆषां न्यासमाचारं, व्यालिस्तौ चेत् स्वरौ परौ|| on which Uvvata remarks परिग्रहे वेष्टके.
Vedabase Search
44 results
cihna marksCC Adi 14.11
CC Adi 14.6
lakṣmī-śrīvatsa marks of silver hairs on the right side of the Lord's chest, indicating the residence of the goddess of fortuneCC Antya 15.74
lakṣmī-śrīvatsa marks of silver hairs on the right side of the Lord's chest, indicating the residence of the goddess of fortuneCC Antya 15.74
lāñchana marksSB 3.28.21
lāñchanaḥ marksSB 10.90.17
lekhe marks linesCC Madhya 14.137
eṇa-ańkaḥ the moon, who bears marks resembling a black deerSB 10.29.43
ańkaiḥ bodily marksSB 11.5.27
avabhṛtha with the avabhṛtha ritual, which marks the end of sacrificial initiationSB 10.79.32
kṛta-svasti-ayanam decorated with auspicious marksSB 3.23.30
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
cihna dekhi' by seeing the marksCC Adi 14.13
cihna-yukta with positive marksCC Adi 14.16
nakha-cihna the nail marksCC Adi 17.186
cihna dekhi' by seeing the marksCC Adi 14.13
dekhiyā seeing all these marksCC Adi 14.8
dvādaśa-tilaka for twelve marks of tilakaCC Madhya 20.202
eṇa-ańkaḥ the moon, who bears marks resembling a black deerSB 10.29.43
kṛta-svasti-ayanam decorated with auspicious marksSB 3.23.30
kṛta-nyāsaḥ having drawn sacred marksSB 11.3.50-51
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
sva-lakṣaṇa Your own marksSB 1.8.39
sarva-sat-lakṣaṇa all-auspicious bodily marksCC Madhya 23.70
lińgāt than the distinguishing marks of a sannyāsīSB 7.13.2
nakha-cihna the nail marksCC Adi 17.186
kṛta-nyāsaḥ having drawn sacred marksSB 11.3.50-51
pada-pańktibhiḥ by the series of the marksSB 5.8.23
sva-pada because of the marks of His lotus feetSB 10.21.5
laghu-pada-cihna the marks of the lotus feet, which were very small at that timeCC Adi 14.7
padaiḥ the marks on the sole of the footSB 1.14.21
padaiḥ with the marks of Their feet vṛndāvanamŚrī Vṛndāvana
pada-pańktibhiḥ by the series of the marksSB 5.8.23
sannyāsa by placing transcendental marks of tilaka on various places of the bodySB 11.3.49
sarva-sat-lakṣaṇa all-auspicious bodily marksCC Madhya 23.70
sarva-sat-lakṣaṇa all-auspicious bodily marksCC Madhya 23.70
su-śobhanaiḥ which are transcendentally decorated with the marks of conchshell, disc, lotus and clubSB 10.2.38
su-śobhanaiḥ which are transcendentally decorated with the marks of conchshell, disc, lotus and clubSB 10.2.38
sva-lakṣaṇa Your own marksSB 1.8.39
sva-pada because of the marks of His lotus feetSB 10.21.5
kṛta-svasti-ayanam decorated with auspicious marksSB 3.23.30
tilaka by decorating the body with tilaka marks in twelve placesSB 10.13.23
dvādaśa-tilaka for twelve marks of tilakaCC Madhya 20.202
cihna-yukta with positive marksCC Adi 14.16


striae gravidarum; stretch marks on the abdomen during and following pregrancy.

Parse Time: 1.932s Search Word: marks Input Encoding: IAST: marks